1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2    Copyright (C) 1987-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4 This file is part of GCC.
5 
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10 
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15 
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
19 
20 
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22    *except* the instructions of a function.
23    This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24 
25    We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26    and are responsible for combining constants with the same value.  */
27 
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "tm_p.h"
37 #include "stringpool.h"
38 #include "regs.h"
39 #include "emit-rtl.h"
40 #include "cgraph.h"
41 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
42 #include "fold-const.h"
43 #include "stor-layout.h"
44 #include "varasm.h"
45 #include "flags.h"
46 #include "stmt.h"
47 #include "expr.h"
48 #include "expmed.h"
49 #include "output.h"
50 #include "langhooks.h"
51 #include "debug.h"
52 #include "common/common-target.h"
53 #include "asan.h"
54 #include "rtl-iter.h"
55 
56 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
57 #include "xcoffout.h"		/* Needed for external data declarations.  */
58 #endif
59 
60 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output.  */
61 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
62 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
63 
64 const char *first_global_object_name;
65 const char *weak_global_object_name;
66 
67 struct addr_const;
68 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
69 struct rtx_constant_pool;
70 
71 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
72 
73 /* Number for making the label on the next
74    constant that is stored in memory.  */
75 
76 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
77 
78 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
79    to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT.  */
80 
81 int size_directive_output;
82 
83 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
84    if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
85    If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
86    this holds 0.  */
87 
88 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
89 
90 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
91    in a function belongs to the cold partition or not.  */
92 
93 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
94 
95 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack.  */
96 
97 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
98 
99 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
100 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
101 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
102 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
103 #endif
104 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
105 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
106 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
107 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
108 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
109 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
110 					       unsigned int, bool);
111 static void globalize_decl (tree);
112 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
113 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
114 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
115 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
116 				    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
117      ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
118 #endif
119 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
120 static void mark_weak (tree);
121 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
122 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
123 
124 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP.  */
125 section *text_section;
126 section *data_section;
127 section *readonly_data_section;
128 section *sdata_section;
129 section *ctors_section;
130 section *dtors_section;
131 section *bss_section;
132 section *sbss_section;
133 
134 /* Various forms of common section.  All are guaranteed to be nonnull.  */
135 section *tls_comm_section;
136 section *comm_section;
137 section *lcomm_section;
138 
139 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
140    May be null.  */
141 section *bss_noswitch_section;
142 
143 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known.  The section
144    is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
145    switch_to_exception_section.  */
146 section *exception_section;
147 
148 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
149    The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
150    first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section.  */
151 section *eh_frame_section;
152 
153 /* asm_out_file's current section.  This is NULL if no section has yet
154    been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is.  */
155 section *in_section;
156 
157 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
158    at the cold section.  */
159 bool in_cold_section_p;
160 
161 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
162    cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
163    and there was actually code that went into the cold section.  A
164    pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
165    debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
166 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
167 
168 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections.  */
169 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
170 
171 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute.  */
172 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
173   ((TREE_CODE (DECL) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (DECL) == VAR_DECL) \
174    && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
175 
176 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
177 {
178   typedef const char *compare_type;
179 
180   static hashval_t hash (section *);
181   static bool equal (section *, const char *);
182 };
183 
184 /* Hash table of named sections.  */
185 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
186 
187 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
188 {
189   typedef const section *compare_type;
190 
191   static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
192   static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
193 };
194 
195 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section.  */
196 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
197 
198 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels.  */
199 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
200 
201 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions.  */
202 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
203 
204 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab.  */
205 
206 bool
equal(section * old,const char * new_name)207 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
208 {
209   return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
210 }
211 
212 hashval_t
hash(section * old)213 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
214 {
215   return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
216 }
217 
218 /* Return a hash value for section SECT.  */
219 
220 static hashval_t
hash_section(section * sect)221 hash_section (section *sect)
222 {
223   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
224     return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
225   return sect->common.flags;
226 }
227 
228 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab.  */
229 
230 inline bool
equal(object_block * old,const section * new_section)231 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
232 {
233   return old->sect == new_section;
234 }
235 
236 hashval_t
hash(object_block * old)237 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
238 {
239   return hash_section (old->sect);
240 }
241 
242 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields.  */
243 
244 section *
get_unnamed_section(unsigned int flags,void (* callback)(const void *),const void * data)245 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
246 		     const void *data)
247 {
248   section *sect;
249 
250   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
251   sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
252   sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
253   sect->unnamed.data = data;
254   sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
255 
256   unnamed_sections = sect;
257   return sect;
258 }
259 
260 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields.  */
261 
262 static section *
get_noswitch_section(unsigned int flags,noswitch_section_callback callback)263 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
264 {
265   section *sect;
266 
267   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
268   sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
269   sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
270 
271   return sect;
272 }
273 
274 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME.  Create
275    a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists.  */
276 
277 section *
get_section(const char * name,unsigned int flags,tree decl)278 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
279 {
280   section *sect, **slot;
281 
282   slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
283 					    INSERT);
284   flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
285   if (*slot == NULL)
286     {
287       sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
288       sect->named.common.flags = flags;
289       sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
290       sect->named.decl = decl;
291       *slot = sect;
292     }
293   else
294     {
295       sect = *slot;
296       if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
297 	  && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
298 	{
299 	  /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
300 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
301 	     flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
302 	     section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
303 	     In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
304 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
305 	     relocations.  */
306 	  if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
307 	      == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
308 	      && (sect->common.flags
309 		  & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
310 		 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
311 	      && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
312 		  || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
313 	    {
314 	      sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
315 	      return sect;
316 	    }
317 	  /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes.  */
318 	  if (sect->named.decl != NULL
319 	      && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
320 	      && decl != sect->named.decl)
321 	    {
322 	      if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
323 		error ("%+D causes a section type conflict with %D",
324 		       decl, sect->named.decl);
325 	      else
326 		error ("section type conflict with %D", sect->named.decl);
327 	      inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
328 		      "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
329 	    }
330 	  else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
331 	    error ("%+D causes a section type conflict", decl);
332 	  else
333 	    error ("section type conflict");
334 	  /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times.  */
335 	  sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
336 	}
337     }
338   return sect;
339 }
340 
341 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
342    objects grouped into blocks.  */
343 
344 static bool
use_object_blocks_p(void)345 use_object_blocks_p (void)
346 {
347   return flag_section_anchors;
348 }
349 
350 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT.  Create a new
351    structure if we haven't created one already.  Return null if SECT
352    itself is null.  */
353 
354 static struct object_block *
get_block_for_section(section * sect)355 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
356 {
357   struct object_block *block;
358 
359   if (sect == NULL)
360     return NULL;
361 
362   object_block **slot
363     = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
364 					      INSERT);
365   block = *slot;
366   if (block == NULL)
367     {
368       block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
369       block->sect = sect;
370       *slot = block;
371     }
372   return block;
373 }
374 
375 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
376    OFFSET in BLOCK.  OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
377    is not yet known.  LABEL must be a garbage-collected string.  */
378 
379 static rtx
create_block_symbol(const char * label,struct object_block * block,HOST_WIDE_INT offset)380 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
381 		     HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
382 {
383   rtx symbol;
384   unsigned int size;
385 
386   /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF.  */
387   size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
388   symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
389 
390   /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields.  */
391   memset (symbol, 0, size);
392   PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
393   PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
394   XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
395   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
396 
397   /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff.  */
398   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
399   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
400 
401   return symbol;
402 }
403 
404 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
405    flags section_type_flags deems appropriate.  The name of the section
406    is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
407    DECL_SECTION_NAME.  DECL is the decl associated with the section
408    (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
409    section_type_flags.  */
410 
411 section *
get_named_section(tree decl,const char * name,int reloc)412 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
413 {
414   unsigned int flags;
415 
416   if (name == NULL)
417     {
418       gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
419       name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
420     }
421 
422   flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
423   return get_section (name, flags, decl);
424 }
425 
426 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section.  */
427 
428 static bool
set_implicit_section(struct symtab_node * n,void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)429 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
430 {
431   n->implicit_section = true;
432   return false;
433 }
434 
435 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name.  */
436 
437 void
resolve_unique_section(tree decl,int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int flag_function_or_data_sections)438 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
439 			int flag_function_or_data_sections)
440 {
441   if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
442       && targetm_common.have_named_sections
443       && (flag_function_or_data_sections
444 	  || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
445     {
446       targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
447       if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
448 	symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
449 	  (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
450     }
451 }
452 
453 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
454 
455 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
456 
457 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
458    ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
459    ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
460    support is localized here.  */
461 
462 static void
asm_output_aligned_bss(FILE * file,tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * name,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,int align)463 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
464 			const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
465 			int align)
466 {
467   switch_to_section (bss_section);
468   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
469 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
470   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
471   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
472 #else
473   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
474   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
475 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
476   ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
477 }
478 
479 #endif
480 
481 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
482 
483 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
484 /* Return the hot section for function DECL.  Return text_section for
485    null DECLs.  */
486 
487 static section *
hot_function_section(tree decl)488 hot_function_section (tree decl)
489 {
490   if (decl != NULL_TREE
491       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
492       && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
493     return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
494   else
495     return text_section;
496 }
497 #endif
498 
499 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
500    is NULL.
501 
502    When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
503    NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
504    concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
505    Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME".  */
506 
507 section *
get_named_text_section(tree decl,const char * text_section_name,const char * named_section_suffix)508 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
509 		        const char *text_section_name,
510 		        const char *named_section_suffix)
511 {
512   if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
513     {
514       if (named_section_suffix)
515 	{
516 	  const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
517 	  const char *stripped_name;
518 	  char *name, *buffer;
519 
520 	  name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
521 	  memcpy (name, dsn,
522 		  strlen (dsn) + 1);
523 
524 	  stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
525 
526 	  buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
527 	  return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
528 	}
529       else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
530 	{
531 	  const char *name;
532 
533 	  /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions.  This gets somewhat
534 	     slipperly.  */
535 	  if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
536 	    return NULL;
537 	  name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
538 	  name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
539 	  return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
540 				                   name, NULL)), 0);
541 	}
542       else
543 	return NULL;
544     }
545   return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
546 }
547 
548 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency.  */
549 
550 section *
default_function_section(tree decl,enum node_frequency freq,bool startup,bool exit)551 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
552 			  bool startup, bool exit)
553 {
554 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
555   /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
556      results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected.  */
557   if (decl
558       && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
559     return NULL;
560 #endif
561 
562   if (!flag_reorder_functions
563       || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
564     return NULL;
565   /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
566      unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
567      where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors.  */
568   if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
569   {
570     /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
571        these ELF section.  */
572     if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
573       return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
574     else
575       return NULL;
576   }
577 
578   /* Similarly for exit.  */
579   if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
580     return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
581 
582   /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code.  */
583   switch (freq)
584     {
585       case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
586 	return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
587       case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
588         /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
589            these ELF section.  */
590         if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
591           return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
592       default:
593 	return NULL;
594     }
595 }
596 
597 /* Return the section for function DECL.
598 
599    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
600    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
601 
602    If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
603    the frequency info of cgraph_node.  */
604 
605 static section *
function_section_1(tree decl,bool force_cold)606 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
607 {
608   section *section = NULL;
609   enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
610   bool startup = false, exit = false;
611 
612   if (decl)
613     {
614       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
615 
616       if (node)
617 	{
618 	  freq = node->frequency;
619 	  startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
620 	  exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
621 	}
622     }
623   if (force_cold)
624     freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
625 
626 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
627   if (decl != NULL_TREE
628       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
629     {
630       if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
631 	section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
632 						    startup, exit);
633       if (section)
634 	return section;
635       return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
636     }
637   else
638     return targetm.asm_out.select_section
639 	    (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
640 	     symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
641 #else
642   if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
643     section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
644   if (section)
645     return section;
646   return hot_function_section (decl);
647 #endif
648 }
649 
650 /* Return the section for function DECL.
651 
652    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
653    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.  */
654 
655 section *
function_section(tree decl)656 function_section (tree decl)
657 {
658   /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
659      to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
660      despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
661      (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
662      better to live in hot subsection for the code locality).  */
663   return function_section_1 (decl,
664 			     first_function_block_is_cold);
665 }
666 
667 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
668    into account.  */
669 
670 section *
current_function_section(void)671 current_function_section (void)
672 {
673   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
674 }
675 
676 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section.  */
677 
678 section *
unlikely_text_section(void)679 unlikely_text_section (void)
680 {
681   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
682 }
683 
684 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
685    has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
686    When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
687    default cold section.  */
688 
689 bool
unlikely_text_section_p(section * sect)690 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
691 {
692   return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
693 }
694 
695 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL.  */
696 
697 section *
default_function_rodata_section(tree decl)698 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
699 {
700   if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
701     {
702       const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
703 
704       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
705         {
706 	  const char *dot;
707 	  size_t len;
708 	  char* rname;
709 
710 	  dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
711 	  if (!dot)
712 	    dot = name;
713 	  len = strlen (dot) + 8;
714 	  rname = (char *) alloca (len);
715 
716 	  strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
717 	  strcat (rname, dot);
718 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
719 	}
720       /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo.  */
721       else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
722 	       && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
723 	{
724 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
725 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
726 
727 	  memcpy (rname, name, len);
728 	  rname[14] = 'r';
729 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
730 	}
731       /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo.  */
732       else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
733 	       && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
734 	{
735 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
736 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
737 
738 	  memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
739 	  memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
740 	  return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
741 	}
742     }
743 
744   return readonly_data_section;
745 }
746 
747 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
748    for targets where that section should be always the single
749    readonly data section.  */
750 
751 section *
default_no_function_rodata_section(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)752 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
753 {
754   return readonly_data_section;
755 }
756 
757 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section.  */
758 
759 static const char *
function_mergeable_rodata_prefix(void)760 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
761 {
762   section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
763   if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
764     return s->named.name;
765   else
766     return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
767 }
768 
769 /* Return the section to use for string merging.  */
770 
771 static section *
mergeable_string_section(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)772 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
773 			  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
774 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
775 {
776   HOST_WIDE_INT len;
777 
778   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
779       && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
780       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
781       && align <= 256
782       && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
783       && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) >= len)
784     {
785       machine_mode mode;
786       unsigned int modesize;
787       const char *str;
788       HOST_WIDE_INT i;
789       int j, unit;
790       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
791       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
792 
793       mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
794       modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
795       if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
796 	  && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
797 	{
798 	  if (align < modesize)
799 	    align = modesize;
800 
801 	  str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
802 	  unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
803 
804 	  /* Check for embedded NUL characters.  */
805 	  for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
806 	    {
807 	      for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
808 		if (str[i + j] != '\0')
809 		  break;
810 	      if (j == unit)
811 		break;
812 	    }
813 	  if (i == len - unit)
814 	    {
815 	      sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
816 		       modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
817 	      flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
818 	      return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
819 	    }
820 	}
821     }
822 
823   return readonly_data_section;
824 }
825 
826 /* Return the section to use for constant merging.  */
827 
828 section *
mergeable_constant_section(machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)829 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
830 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
831 			    unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
832 {
833   unsigned int modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
834 
835   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
836       && mode != VOIDmode
837       && mode != BLKmode
838       && modesize <= align
839       && align >= 8
840       && align <= 256
841       && (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
842     {
843       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
844       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
845 
846       sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
847       flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
848       return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
849     }
850   return readonly_data_section;
851 }
852 
853 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes.  */
854 
855 static const char *
strip_reg_name(const char * name)856 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
857 {
858 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
859   if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
860     name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
861 #endif
862   if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
863     name++;
864   return name;
865 }
866 
867 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name.  Set (or
868    change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
869    it.  */
870 void
set_user_assembler_name(tree decl,const char * name)871 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
872 {
873   char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
874   starred[0] = '*';
875   strcpy (starred + 1, name);
876   symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
877   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
878 }
879 
880 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
881    Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
882    or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
883    or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
884    or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
885    Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
886    Prefixes such as % are optional.  */
887 
888 int
decode_reg_name_and_count(const char * asmspec,int * pnregs)889 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
890 {
891   /* Presume just one register is clobbered.  */
892   *pnregs = 1;
893 
894   if (asmspec != 0)
895     {
896       int i;
897 
898       /* Get rid of confusing prefixes.  */
899       asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
900 
901       /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name".  */
902       for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
903 	if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
904 	  break;
905       if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
906 	{
907 	  i = atoi (asmspec);
908 	  if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
909 	    return i;
910 	  else
911 	    return -2;
912 	}
913 
914       for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
915 	if (reg_names[i][0]
916 	    && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
917 	  return i;
918 
919 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
920       {
921 	static const struct
922 	{
923 	  const char *const name;
924 	  const int number;
925 	  const int nregs;
926 	} table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
927 
928 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
929 	  if (table[i].name[0]
930 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
931 	    {
932 	      *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
933 	      return table[i].number;
934 	    }
935       }
936 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
937 
938 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
939       {
940 	static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
941 	  = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
942 
943 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
944 	  if (table[i].name[0]
945 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
946 	      && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
947 	    return table[i].number;
948       }
949 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
950 
951       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
952 	return -4;
953 
954       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
955 	return -3;
956 
957       return -2;
958     }
959 
960   return -1;
961 }
962 
963 int
decode_reg_name(const char * name)964 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
965 {
966   int count;
967   return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
968 }
969 
970 
971 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section.  */
972 
973 bool
bss_initializer_p(const_tree decl)974 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl)
975 {
976   return (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
977 	  /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
978 	     to mark offlined constructors.  */
979 	  || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
980 	      && !in_lto_p)
981 	  || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
982 	      /* Leave constant zeroes in .rodata so they
983 		 can be shared.  */
984 	      && !TREE_READONLY (decl)
985 	      && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))));
986 }
987 
988 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
989    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable.  */
990 
991 void
align_variable(tree decl,bool dont_output_data)992 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
993 {
994   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
995 
996   /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
997      where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
998      figure out the proper alignment now.  */
999   if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1000       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1001     align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1002 
1003   /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1004      In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4.  */
1005   if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1006     {
1007       error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1008 	     "file alignment %d", decl,
1009 	     MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1010       align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1011     }
1012 
1013   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1014     {
1015 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1016       unsigned int data_abi_align
1017 	= DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1018       /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1019 	 TLS variables.  */
1020       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1021 	align = data_abi_align;
1022 #endif
1023 
1024       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1025 	 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1026 	 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1027 	 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1028 	 if the references to it must bind to the current definition.  */
1029       if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1030 	  && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1031 	{
1032 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1033 	  unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1034 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1035 	     is too precious.  */
1036 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1037 	    align = data_align;
1038 #endif
1039 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1040 	      /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1041 		 to mark offlined constructors.  */
1042 	      && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1043 	    {
1044 	      unsigned int const_align
1045 		= CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1046 	      /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1047 		 space is too precious.  */
1048 	      if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1049 		align = const_align;
1050 	    }
1051 	}
1052     }
1053 
1054   /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1055      from it in get_pointer_alignment.  */
1056   DECL_ALIGN (decl) = align;
1057 }
1058 
1059 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1060    beyond what align_variable returned.  */
1061 
1062 static unsigned int
get_variable_align(tree decl)1063 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1064 {
1065   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1066 
1067   /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1068      everything.  */
1069   if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1070     return align;
1071 
1072 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1073   if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1074     align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1075 #endif
1076 
1077   /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1078      did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1079      of TLS variables.  For other vars, increase the alignment here
1080      as an optimization.  */
1081   if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1082     {
1083       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.  */
1084 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1085       unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1086       /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1087          is too precious.  */
1088       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1089 	align = data_align;
1090 #endif
1091       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1092 	  /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1093 	     to mark offlined constructors.  */
1094 	  && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1095 	{
1096 	  unsigned int const_align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
1097 							 align);
1098 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1099 	     is too precious.  */
1100 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1101 	    align = const_align;
1102 	}
1103     }
1104 
1105   return align;
1106 }
1107 
1108 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1109    should be placed.  PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1110    section should be used wherever possible.  */
1111 
1112 section *
get_variable_section(tree decl,bool prefer_noswitch_p)1113 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1114 {
1115   addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1116   int reloc;
1117   varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1118   if (vnode)
1119     {
1120       vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1121       decl = vnode->decl;
1122     }
1123 
1124   if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1125     as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1126 
1127   /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag.  */
1128   if (vnode)
1129     vnode->get_constructor ();
1130 
1131   if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1132     {
1133       /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1134 	 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1135 	 be handled as such.  */
1136       gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1137 		  && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1138       if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1139 	return tls_comm_section;
1140       else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1141 	return comm_section;
1142     }
1143 
1144   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1145     reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1146   else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1147     reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1148   else
1149     reloc = 0;
1150 
1151   resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1152   if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1153     return get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1154 
1155   if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1156       && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1157       && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1158       && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1159     {
1160       if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1161 	  && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1162 	       && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1163 	return lcomm_section;
1164       if (bss_noswitch_section)
1165 	return bss_noswitch_section;
1166     }
1167 
1168   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1169 					 get_variable_align (decl));
1170 }
1171 
1172 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed.  */
1173 
1174 static struct object_block *
get_block_for_decl(tree decl)1175 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1176 {
1177   section *sect;
1178 
1179   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
1180     {
1181       /* The object must be defined in this translation unit.  */
1182       if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1183 	return NULL;
1184 
1185       /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1186 	 isolated by definition.  */
1187       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1188 	return NULL;
1189     }
1190 
1191   /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1192      constant size.  */
1193   if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1194     return NULL;
1195   if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1196     return NULL;
1197 
1198   /* Find out which section should contain DECL.  We cannot put it into
1199      an object block if it requires a standalone definition.  */
1200   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
1201       align_variable (decl, 0);
1202   sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1203   if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1204     return NULL;
1205 
1206   return get_block_for_section (sect);
1207 }
1208 
1209 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK.  */
1210 
1211 static void
change_symbol_block(rtx symbol,struct object_block * block)1212 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1213 {
1214   if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1215     {
1216       gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1217       SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1218     }
1219 }
1220 
1221 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block.  */
1222 
1223 static bool
use_blocks_for_decl_p(tree decl)1224 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1225 {
1226   struct symtab_node *snode;
1227 
1228   /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks.  */
1229   if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1230     return false;
1231 
1232   /* Detect decls created by dw2_force_const_mem.  Such decls are
1233      special because DECL_INITIAL doesn't specify the decl's true value.
1234      dw2_output_indirect_constants will instead call assemble_variable
1235      with dont_output_data set to 1 and then print the contents itself.  */
1236   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1237     return false;
1238 
1239   /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1240      definition.  */
1241   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
1242       && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1243       && snode->alias)
1244     return false;
1245 
1246   return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1247 }
1248 
1249 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1250    until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1251    Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1252    way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1253    followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1254    chain.  */
1255 
1256 static inline tree
ultimate_transparent_alias_target(tree * alias)1257 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1258 {
1259   tree target = *alias;
1260 
1261   if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1262     {
1263       gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1264       target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1265       gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1266 		  && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1267       *alias = target;
1268     }
1269 
1270   return target;
1271 }
1272 
1273 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL.  DECL should
1274    have static storage duration.  In other words, it should not be an
1275    automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1276 
1277    There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1278    explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1279 
1280    This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes.  */
1281 
1282 void
make_decl_rtl(tree decl)1283 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1284 {
1285   const char *name = 0;
1286   int reg_number;
1287   tree id;
1288   rtx x;
1289 
1290   /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable.  */
1291   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1292 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1293 
1294   /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits.  */
1295   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
1296 	      || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1297 	      || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1298 	      || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1299 	      || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1300 
1301   /* And that we were not given a type or a label.  */
1302   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1303 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1304 
1305   /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1306      same DECL node.  Don't discard the RTL already made.  */
1307   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1308     {
1309       /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode.  */
1310       x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1311       if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1312 	SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1313 
1314       if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1315 	return;
1316 
1317       /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1318 	 table of such critters.  Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1319 	 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1320 	 hash map from DECL to set of attributes.  */
1321 
1322       /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1323 	 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1324 	 decl attribute overrides another.  */
1325       targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1326 
1327       /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1328 	 on the new decl information.  */
1329       if (MEM_P (x)
1330 	  && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1331 	  && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1332 	change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1333 
1334       return;
1335     }
1336 
1337   /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1338      pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode.  */
1339   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1340     {
1341       SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1342       return;
1343     }
1344 
1345   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1346   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
1347       && cgraph_node::get (decl)
1348       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone)
1349     ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1350   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1351 
1352   if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1353       && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1354     {
1355       error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1356     }
1357   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1358     {
1359       const char *asmspec = name+1;
1360       machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1361       reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1362       /* First detect errors in declaring global registers.  */
1363       if (reg_number == -1)
1364 	error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1365       else if (reg_number < 0)
1366 	error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1367       else if (mode == BLKmode)
1368 	error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1369 	       decl);
1370       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1371 	error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1372 	       " by the current target", decl);
1373       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1374 	error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1375 	       " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1376       else if (!HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (reg_number, mode))
1377 	error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1378                decl);
1379       /* Now handle properly declared static register variables.  */
1380       else
1381 	{
1382 	  int nregs;
1383 
1384 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1385 	    {
1386 	      DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1387 	      error ("global register variable has initial value");
1388 	    }
1389 	  if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1390 	    warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1391 		     "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1392 		     "writes to register variables");
1393 
1394 	  /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1395 	     e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1396 	     confused with that register and be eliminated.  This usage is
1397 	     somewhat suspect...  */
1398 
1399 	  SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1400 	  ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1401 	  REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1402 
1403 	  if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1404 	    {
1405 	      /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1406 		 else.  */
1407 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1408 	      name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1409 	      ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1410 #endif
1411 	      nregs = hard_regno_nregs[reg_number][mode];
1412 	      while (nregs > 0)
1413 		globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1414 	    }
1415 
1416 	  /* As a register variable, it has no section.  */
1417 	  return;
1418 	}
1419       /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1420 	 specifications.  */
1421       SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1422       DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1423       /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1424 	 decl now.  */
1425       DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1426       return;
1427     }
1428   /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1429      Also handle vars declared register invalidly.  */
1430   else if (name[0] == '*')
1431   {
1432 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1433     if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1434       {
1435 	reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1436 	if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1437 	  error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1438       }
1439 #endif
1440   }
1441 
1442   /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1443      non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common.  */
1444   /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1445      visibility pass is doing the same work.  But notice_global_symbol
1446      is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1447      we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed.  */
1448   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
1449       && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1450       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1451       && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1452       && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1453     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1454 
1455   /* Variables can't be both common and weak.  */
1456   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1457     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1458 
1459   if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1460     x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1461   else
1462     {
1463       machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1464       if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1465 	{
1466 	  addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1467 	  address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1468 	}
1469       x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1470     }
1471   SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1472   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1473 
1474   x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1475   if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1476     set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1477   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1478 
1479   /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1480      such as that it is a function name.
1481      If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1482      will have to know how to strip this information.  */
1483   targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1484 }
1485 
1486 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1487    calling make_decl_rtl.  Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1488    rtl.  */
1489 
1490 rtx
make_decl_rtl_for_debug(tree decl)1491 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1492 {
1493   unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1494   rtx rtl;
1495 
1496   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1497     return DECL_RTL (decl);
1498 
1499   /* Kludge alert!  Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1500      call new_alias_set.  If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1501      we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1502      numbers off in the comparison dumps.  So... clearing
1503      flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1504      new set.  */
1505   save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1506   flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1507 
1508   rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1509   /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1510      DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output.  */
1511   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1512 
1513   flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1514   return rtl;
1515 }
1516 
1517 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1518    for an `asm' keyword used between functions.  */
1519 
1520 void
assemble_asm(tree string)1521 assemble_asm (tree string)
1522 {
1523   const char *p;
1524   app_enable ();
1525 
1526   if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1527     string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1528 
1529   p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1530   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1531 }
1532 
1533 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC.  */
1534 void
assemble_addr_to_section(rtx symbol,section * sec)1535 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1536 {
1537   switch_to_section (sec);
1538   assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1539   assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1540 }
1541 
1542 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1543    not) section for PRIORITY.  */
1544 section *
get_cdtor_priority_section(int priority,bool constructor_p)1545 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1546 {
1547   char buf[16];
1548 
1549   /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker.  */
1550   sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1551 	   constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1552 	   /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1553 	      order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1554 	      linker sorts in increasing order.  */
1555 	   MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1556   return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1557 }
1558 
1559 void
default_named_section_asm_out_destructor(rtx symbol,int priority)1560 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1561 {
1562   section *sec;
1563 
1564   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1565     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1566 				      /*constructor_p=*/false);
1567   else
1568     sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1569 
1570   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1571 }
1572 
1573 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1574 void
default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor(rtx symbol,int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1575 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1576 					 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1577 {
1578   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1579 }
1580 #endif
1581 
1582 void
default_named_section_asm_out_constructor(rtx symbol,int priority)1583 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1584 {
1585   section *sec;
1586 
1587   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1588     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1589 				      /*constructor_p=*/true);
1590   else
1591     sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1592 
1593   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1594 }
1595 
1596 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1597 void
default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor(rtx symbol,int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1598 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1599 					  int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1600 {
1601   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1602 }
1603 #endif
1604 
1605 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1606    a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1607    start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1608    after the end of the function.  The default is to put it before the
1609    start.  */
1610 
1611 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1612 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1613 #endif
1614 
1615 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1616    to be output to assembler.
1617    Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate.  */
1618 
1619 void
notice_global_symbol(tree decl)1620 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1621 {
1622   const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1623 
1624   if (first_global_object_name
1625       || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1626       || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1627       || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1628       || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1629       || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1630 	  && (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
1631 	      || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1632 		  && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1633 		      || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1634     return;
1635 
1636   /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1637      symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names.  */
1638   if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1639     t = &weak_global_object_name;
1640 
1641   if (!*t)
1642     {
1643       tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1644       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1645       *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1646     }
1647 }
1648 
1649 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1650    current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1651    current_function_section during RTL expansion.  DECL describes the
1652    function.  */
1653 
1654 void
decide_function_section(tree decl)1655 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1656 {
1657   first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1658 
1659   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1660     /* We will decide in assemble_start_function.  */
1661     return;
1662 
1663  if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1664     {
1665       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1666       /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1667 	 being accurate.  */
1668       first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1669 				      && node->frequency
1670 				      == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1671     }
1672 
1673   in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1674 }
1675 
1676 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL.  This may be
1677    different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file.  */
1678 const char *
get_fnname_from_decl(tree decl)1679 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1680 {
1681   rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1682   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1683   x = XEXP (x, 0);
1684   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1685   return XSTR (x, 0);
1686 }
1687 
1688 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1689    with defining the name of the function.  DECL describes the function.
1690    NAME is the function's name.  For the constant pool, we use the current
1691    constant pool data.  */
1692 
1693 void
assemble_start_function(tree decl,const char * fnname)1694 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1695 {
1696   int align;
1697   char tmp_label[100];
1698   bool hot_label_written = false;
1699 
1700   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1701     {
1702       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1703       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1704       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1705       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1706       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1707       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1708       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1709       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1710       const_labelno++;
1711       cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1712     }
1713   else
1714     {
1715       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1716       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1717       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1718       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1719     }
1720 
1721   /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler.  */
1722 
1723   app_disable ();
1724 
1725   if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1726     output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1727 
1728   align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1729 
1730   /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1731      aligned.  This is necessary here in the case where the function
1732      has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1733      the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function.  */
1734 
1735   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1736     {
1737       first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1738 
1739       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1740       assemble_align (align);
1741       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1742 
1743       /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1744 	 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1745 	 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG.  */
1746       if (!cfun->is_thunk
1747 	  && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1748 	{
1749 	  switch_to_section (text_section);
1750 	  assemble_align (align);
1751 	  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1752 	  hot_label_written = true;
1753 	  first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1754 	}
1755       in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1756     }
1757 
1758 
1759   /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function.  */
1760 
1761   switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1762   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
1763       && !hot_label_written)
1764     ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1765 
1766   /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions.  */
1767   align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1768   if (align > 0)
1769     {
1770       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1771     }
1772 
1773   /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1774      Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1775      because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all.  */
1776   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1777       && align_functions_log > align
1778       && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1779     {
1780 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1781       ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1782 				 align_functions_log, align_functions - 1);
1783 #else
1784       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions_log);
1785 #endif
1786     }
1787 
1788 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1789   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1790 #endif
1791 
1792   if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1793     (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1794 
1795   /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
1796 
1797   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1798       || (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
1799 	  && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version
1800 	  && TREE_PUBLIC (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl)))
1801     {
1802       notice_global_symbol (decl);
1803 
1804       globalize_decl (decl);
1805 
1806       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1807     }
1808 
1809   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1810     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1811 
1812   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name.  */
1813 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1814   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1815 #else
1816   /* Standard thing is just output label for the function.  */
1817   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1818 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1819 
1820   if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1821     saw_no_split_stack = true;
1822 }
1823 
1824 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1825    function.  DECL describes the function.  NAME is the function's name.  */
1826 
1827 void
assemble_end_function(tree decl,const char * fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1828 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1829 {
1830 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1831   /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function.  */
1832   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1833     switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1834   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1835 #endif
1836   if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1837     {
1838       output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1839       switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1840     }
1841   /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1842      debug info.)  */
1843   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1844     {
1845       section *save_text_section;
1846 
1847       save_text_section = in_section;
1848       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1849 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1850       if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1851 	ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1852 					IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1853 					decl);
1854 #endif
1855       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1856       if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1857 	switch_to_section (text_section);
1858       else
1859 	switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1860       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1861       switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1862     }
1863 }
1864 
1865 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros.  */
1866 
1867 void
assemble_zeros(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)1868 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1869 {
1870   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
1871   if (flag_syntax_only)
1872     return;
1873 
1874 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1875   /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1876      so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section.  */
1877   if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1878     {
1879       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1880       for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1881 	assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1882     }
1883   else
1884 #endif
1885     if (size > 0)
1886       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1887 }
1888 
1889 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary.  */
1890 
1891 void
assemble_align(int align)1892 assemble_align (int align)
1893 {
1894   if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1895     {
1896       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1897     }
1898 }
1899 
1900 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents.  */
1901 
1902 void
assemble_string(const char * p,int size)1903 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1904 {
1905   int pos = 0;
1906   int maximum = 2000;
1907 
1908   /* If the string is very long, split it up.  */
1909 
1910   while (pos < size)
1911     {
1912       int thissize = size - pos;
1913       if (thissize > maximum)
1914 	thissize = maximum;
1915 
1916       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
1917 
1918       pos += thissize;
1919       p += thissize;
1920     }
1921 }
1922 
1923 
1924 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section.  */
1925 
1926 static bool
emit_local(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1927 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1928 	    const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1929 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1930 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1931 {
1932 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
1933   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1934   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
1935 				 size, align);
1936   return true;
1937 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
1938   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1939   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
1940   return true;
1941 #else
1942   ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
1943   return false;
1944 #endif
1945 }
1946 
1947 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section.  */
1948 
1949 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
1950 static bool
emit_bss(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1951 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1952 	  const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1953 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1954 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1955 {
1956   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
1957 			  get_variable_align (decl));
1958   return true;
1959 }
1960 #endif
1961 
1962 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section.  */
1963 
1964 static bool
emit_common(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1965 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1966 	     const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1967 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1968 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1969 {
1970 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
1971   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
1972 				  size, get_variable_align (decl));
1973   return true;
1974 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
1975   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
1976 			     get_variable_align (decl));
1977   return true;
1978 #else
1979   ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
1980   return false;
1981 #endif
1982 }
1983 
1984 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section.  */
1985 
1986 static bool
emit_tls_common(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1987 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1988 		 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1989 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1990 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1991 {
1992 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
1993   ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
1994   return true;
1995 #else
1996   sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
1997   return true;
1998 #endif
1999 }
2000 
2001 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2002    NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF.  */
2003 
2004 static void
assemble_noswitch_variable(tree decl,const char * name,section * sect,unsigned int align)2005 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2006 			    unsigned int align)
2007 {
2008   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2009 
2010   size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2011   rounded = size;
2012 
2013   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2014     size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2015 
2016   /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2017      since that means "undefined external" in the linker.  */
2018   if (size == 0)
2019     rounded = 1;
2020 
2021   /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2022      so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2023   rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2024   rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2025 	     * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2026 
2027   if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2028       && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2029     error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2030 	   "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2031 }
2032 
2033 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable.  Output the label and contents of
2034    DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME.  DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2035    is as for assemble_variable.  */
2036 
2037 static void
assemble_variable_contents(tree decl,const char * name,bool dont_output_data)2038 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2039 			    bool dont_output_data)
2040 {
2041   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object.  */
2042 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2043   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2044   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2045 #else
2046   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
2047   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2048 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2049 
2050   if (!dont_output_data)
2051     {
2052       /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2053 	 to output the body.  */
2054       gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2055       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2056 	  && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2057 	  && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2058 	/* Output the actual data.  */
2059 	output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2060 			 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2061 			 get_variable_align (decl),
2062 			 false);
2063       else
2064 	/* Leave space for it.  */
2065 	assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2066       targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2067     }
2068 }
2069 
2070 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2071    the current translation unit.  */
2072 void
assemble_undefined_decl(tree decl)2073 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2074 {
2075   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2076   targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2077 }
2078 
2079 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2080    Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2081    Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2082 
2083    TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2084    AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2085    to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2086    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2087    initial value (that will be done by the caller).  */
2088 
2089 void
assemble_variable(tree decl,int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int dont_output_data)2090 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2091 		   int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2092 {
2093   const char *name;
2094   rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2095   section *sect;
2096   unsigned int align;
2097   bool asan_protected = false;
2098 
2099   /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES.  Ensure we have one.  */
2100   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL);
2101 
2102   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far.  */
2103   gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2104 
2105   last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2106 
2107   /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2108      since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2109      when a declaration is first seen.  */
2110 
2111   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2112     return;
2113 
2114   /* Do nothing for global register variables.  */
2115   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2116     {
2117       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2118       return;
2119     }
2120 
2121   /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2122      see if it is complete now.  */
2123 
2124   if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2125     layout_decl (decl, 0);
2126 
2127   /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2128      (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference.  */
2129 
2130   if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2131     {
2132       error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2133       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2134       return;
2135     }
2136 
2137   /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2138      decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2139      or local (in C, has internal linkage).  So do nothing more
2140      if this function has already run.  */
2141 
2142   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2143     return;
2144 
2145   /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2146      ASM_WRITTEN.  */
2147   decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2148 
2149   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2150 
2151   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
2152   if (flag_syntax_only)
2153     return;
2154 
2155   if (! dont_output_data
2156       && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2157     {
2158       error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2159       return;
2160     }
2161 
2162   gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2163   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2164   symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2165 
2166   /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2167      if it hasn't already been written.  */
2168   if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2169     {
2170       tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2171       if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2172 	output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2173       return;
2174     }
2175 
2176   app_disable ();
2177 
2178   name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2179   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2180     notice_global_symbol (decl);
2181 
2182   /* Compute the alignment of this data.  */
2183 
2184   align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2185 
2186   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2187       && asan_protect_global (decl))
2188     {
2189       asan_protected = true;
2190       DECL_ALIGN (decl) = MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2191                                ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2192     }
2193 
2194   set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2195 
2196   align = get_variable_align (decl);
2197 
2198   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2199     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2200 
2201   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2202     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2203 
2204   /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate.  */
2205   sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2206   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2207       && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2208     globalize_decl (decl);
2209 
2210   /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of.  */
2211   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2212     output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2213 
2214   /* dbxout.c needs to know this.  */
2215   if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2216     DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2217 
2218   /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2219      has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2220      definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
2221   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2222     {
2223       gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2224       place_block_symbol (symbol);
2225     }
2226   else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2227     assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2228   else
2229     {
2230       /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections.  */
2231       if (sect->named.name
2232 	  && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2233 	handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2234       else
2235 	switch_to_section (sect);
2236       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2237 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2238       assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data);
2239       if (asan_protected)
2240 	{
2241 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2242 	    = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2243 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2244 	}
2245     }
2246 }
2247 
2248 
2249 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2250    function into the .preinit_array section.  */
2251 
2252 void
assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer(tree fn_decl)2253 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2254 {
2255   section *sect;
2256   unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2257   rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2258 
2259   flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2260   sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2261   switch_to_section (sect);
2262   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2263 }
2264 
2265 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers.  */
2266 
2267 static int
contains_pointers_p(tree type)2268 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2269 {
2270   switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2271     {
2272     case POINTER_TYPE:
2273     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2274       /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2275 	 so I'll play safe and return 1.  */
2276     case OFFSET_TYPE:
2277       return 1;
2278 
2279     case RECORD_TYPE:
2280     case UNION_TYPE:
2281     case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2282       {
2283 	tree fields;
2284 	/* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers.  */
2285 	for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2286 	  if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2287 	      && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2288 	    return 1;
2289 	return 0;
2290       }
2291 
2292     case ARRAY_TYPE:
2293       /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does.  */
2294       return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2295 
2296     default:
2297       return 0;
2298     }
2299 }
2300 
2301 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2302    the compilation unit is finalized.  This is the best we can do for
2303    right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2304    it all the way to final.  See PR 17982 for further discussion.  */
2305 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2306 
2307 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2308 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2309    As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2310    is processed and the pointer set destroyed.  */
2311 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2312 
2313 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2314    TREE_LIST in assemble_external.  */
2315 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2316 
2317 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2318    It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set.  */
2319 
2320 static bool
incorporeal_function_p(tree decl)2321 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2322 {
2323   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
2324     {
2325       const char *name;
2326 
2327       if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2328 	  && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA
2329 	      || DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA_WITH_ALIGN))
2330 	return true;
2331 
2332       name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2333       /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2334 	 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal.  */
2335       if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2336 	return true;
2337     }
2338   return false;
2339 }
2340 
2341 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2342    ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL.  */
2343 static void
assemble_external_real(tree decl)2344 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2345 {
2346   rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2347 
2348   if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2349       && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2350       && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2351     {
2352       /* Some systems do require some output.  */
2353       SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2354       ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2355     }
2356 }
2357 #endif
2358 
2359 void
process_pending_assemble_externals(void)2360 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2361 {
2362 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2363   tree list;
2364   for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2365     assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2366 
2367   pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2368   pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2369   delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2370 #endif
2371 }
2372 
2373 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2374    to be emitted.  */
2375 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2376 
2377 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2378    and qualifiers such as weakness.  (Most assemblers don't need
2379    extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.)  Do nothing if
2380    DECL is not external.  */
2381 
2382 void
assemble_external(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)2383 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2384 {
2385   /*  Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2386       If it's not, we should not be calling this function.  */
2387   gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2388 
2389   /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2390      Sadly, the Java and Go front ends emit assembly *from the front end*,
2391      bypassing the call graph.  See PR52739.  Fix before GCC 4.8.  */
2392 #if 0
2393   /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2394      expanded, to RTL.
2395      Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2396      not clear whether that would break things somehow.  See PR 17982
2397      for further discussion.  */
2398   gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2399 	      || state == FINISHED);
2400 #endif
2401 
2402   if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2403     return;
2404 
2405   /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2406      very last to check if they are references or not.  */
2407 
2408   if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2409       && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2410       /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2411 	 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2412 	 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2413 	 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2414 	 match.  */
2415       && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2416       && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2417       && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2418     weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2419 
2420 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2421   if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2422     {
2423       assemble_external_real (decl);
2424       return;
2425     }
2426 
2427   if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2428     pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2429 					    pending_assemble_externals);
2430 #endif
2431 }
2432 
2433 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN.  */
2434 
2435 void
assemble_external_libcall(rtx fun)2436 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2437 {
2438   /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec.  */
2439   if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2440     {
2441       SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2442       targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2443     }
2444 }
2445 
2446 /* Assemble a label named NAME.  */
2447 
2448 void
assemble_label(FILE * file,const char * name)2449 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2450 {
2451   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2452 }
2453 
2454 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID.  */
2455 void
mark_referenced(tree id)2456 mark_referenced (tree id)
2457 {
2458   TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2459 }
2460 
2461 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph.  */
2462 void
mark_decl_referenced(tree decl)2463 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2464 {
2465   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2466     {
2467       /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2468 	 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2469 	 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2470 	 definition.  */
2471       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2472       if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2473 	  && !node->definition)
2474 	node->mark_force_output ();
2475     }
2476   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
2477     {
2478       varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2479       /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2480          to be output that might appear dead otherwise.  */
2481       node->force_output = true;
2482     }
2483   /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2484      which do not need to be marked.  */
2485 }
2486 
2487 
2488 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME.  If NAME
2489    starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim.  Otherwise
2490    NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2491    addition of an underscore).  */
2492 
2493 void
assemble_name_raw(FILE * file,const char * name)2494 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2495 {
2496   if (name[0] == '*')
2497     fputs (&name[1], file);
2498   else
2499     ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2500 }
2501 
2502 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2503    an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2504    variable).  If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2505    be marked as referenced.  */
2506 
2507 void
assemble_name(FILE * file,const char * name)2508 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2509 {
2510   const char *real_name;
2511   tree id;
2512 
2513   real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2514 
2515   id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2516   if (id)
2517     {
2518       tree id_orig = id;
2519 
2520       mark_referenced (id);
2521       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2522       if (id != id_orig)
2523 	name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2524       gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2525     }
2526 
2527   assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2528 }
2529 
2530 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2531    and return an RTX to refer to its address.  */
2532 
2533 rtx
assemble_static_space(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)2534 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2535 {
2536   char name[12];
2537   const char *namestring;
2538   rtx x;
2539 
2540   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2541   ++const_labelno;
2542   namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2543 
2544   x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2545   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2546 
2547 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2548   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2549 				 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2550 #else
2551 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2552   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2553 #else
2554   {
2555     /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2556        so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2557     /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL.  */
2558     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2559       = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2560 	 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2561 	 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2562     ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2563   }
2564 #endif
2565 #endif
2566   return x;
2567 }
2568 
2569 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2570    This is done at most once per compilation.
2571    Returns an RTX for the address of the template.  */
2572 
2573 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2574 
2575 rtx
assemble_trampoline_template(void)2576 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2577 {
2578   char label[256];
2579   const char *name;
2580   int align;
2581   rtx symbol;
2582 
2583   gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2584 
2585   if (initial_trampoline)
2586     return initial_trampoline;
2587 
2588   /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section.  */
2589 
2590 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2591   switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2592 #else
2593   switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2594 #endif
2595 
2596   /* Write the assembler code to define one.  */
2597   align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2598   if (align > 0)
2599     ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2600 
2601   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2602   targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2603 
2604   /* Record the rtl to refer to it.  */
2605   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2606   name = ggc_strdup (label);
2607   symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2608   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2609 
2610   initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2611   set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2612   set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2613 
2614   return initial_trampoline;
2615 }
2616 
2617 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets.  Return the minimum alignment
2618    that may be assumed after adding the two together.  */
2619 
2620 static inline unsigned
min_align(unsigned int a,unsigned int b)2621 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2622 {
2623   return (a | b) & -(a | b);
2624 }
2625 
2626 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2627    object.  SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2628    indicates whether it is known to be aligned.  Return NULL if the
2629    assembly dialect has no such directive.
2630 
2631    The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2632    be followed immediately by the object's initial value.  */
2633 
2634 const char *
integer_asm_op(int size,int aligned_p)2635 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2636 {
2637   struct asm_int_op *ops;
2638 
2639   if (aligned_p)
2640     ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2641   else
2642     ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2643 
2644   switch (size)
2645     {
2646     case 1:
2647       return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2648     case 2:
2649       return ops->hi;
2650     case 4:
2651       return ops->si;
2652     case 8:
2653       return ops->di;
2654     case 16:
2655       return ops->ti;
2656     default:
2657       return NULL;
2658     }
2659 }
2660 
2661 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X.  Print OP at the
2662    start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X.  */
2663 
2664 void
assemble_integer_with_op(const char * op,rtx x)2665 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2666 {
2667   fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2668   output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2669   fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2670 }
2671 
2672 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook.  */
2673 
2674 bool
default_assemble_integer(rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)2675 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2676 			  unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2677 			  int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2678 {
2679   const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2680   /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values.  Specifically negative values whose
2681      absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma.  */
2682   if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2683     return false;
2684   return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2685 }
2686 
2687 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes.  ALIGN is
2688    the alignment of the integer in bits.  Return 1 if we were able to output
2689    the constant, otherwise 0.  We must be able to output the constant,
2690    if FORCE is nonzero.  */
2691 
2692 bool
assemble_integer(rtx x,unsigned int size,unsigned int align,int force)2693 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2694 {
2695   int aligned_p;
2696 
2697   aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2698 
2699   /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object.  */
2700   if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2701     return true;
2702 
2703   /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up.  Split
2704      it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes.  */
2705   if (size > 1)
2706     {
2707       machine_mode omode, imode;
2708       unsigned int subalign;
2709       unsigned int subsize, i;
2710       enum mode_class mclass;
2711 
2712       subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2713       subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2714       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2715 	mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2716       else
2717 	mclass = MODE_INT;
2718 
2719       omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
2720       imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
2721 
2722       for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2723 	{
2724 	  rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2725 	  if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2726 	    break;
2727 	}
2728       if (i == size)
2729 	return true;
2730 
2731       /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2732 	 back now.  */
2733       gcc_assert (!i);
2734     }
2735 
2736   gcc_assert (!force);
2737 
2738   return false;
2739 }
2740 
2741 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE.  ALIGN
2742    is the alignment of the constant in bits.  If REVERSE is true, D is output
2743    in reverse storage order.  */
2744 
2745 void
assemble_real(REAL_VALUE_TYPE d,machine_mode mode,unsigned int align,bool reverse)2746 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, machine_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2747 	       bool reverse)
2748 {
2749   long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2750   int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2751   rtx elt;
2752 
2753   /* This is hairy.  We have a quantity of known size.  real_to_target
2754      will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2755      (even if long is more than 32 bits).  We need to determine the
2756      number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2757      of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2758      object file (nunits).  We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2759      mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2760 
2761      size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2762      (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2763      will include the padding bits in its output array) are included.  */
2764 
2765   nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2766   bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2767   nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2768   units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2769 
2770   real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2771 
2772   /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment.  */
2773   if (reverse)
2774     elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2775   else
2776     elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2777   assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2778   nunits -= units_per;
2779 
2780   /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment.  */
2781   align = min_align (align, 32);
2782 
2783   for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2784     {
2785       if (reverse)
2786 	elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2787 				  gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2788       else
2789 	elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2790       assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2791       nunits -= units_per;
2792     }
2793 }
2794 
2795 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2796    reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2797    Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2798    EXP must be reducible.  */
2799 
2800 struct addr_const {
2801   rtx base;
2802   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2803 };
2804 
2805 static void
decode_addr_const(tree exp,struct addr_const * value)2806 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2807 {
2808   tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2809   int offset = 0;
2810   rtx x;
2811 
2812   while (1)
2813     {
2814       if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2815 	  && tree_fits_shwi_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1))))
2816 	{
2817 	  offset += int_byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1));
2818 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2819 	}
2820       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2821 	       || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2822 	{
2823 	  offset += (tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2824 		     * tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)));
2825 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2826 	}
2827       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2828 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2829 	{
2830 	  offset += mem_ref_offset (target).to_short_addr ();
2831 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2832 	}
2833       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2834 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2835 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2836 		  == ADDR_EXPR)
2837 	target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2838       else
2839 	break;
2840     }
2841 
2842   switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2843     {
2844     case VAR_DECL:
2845     case FUNCTION_DECL:
2846       x = DECL_RTL (target);
2847       break;
2848 
2849     case LABEL_DECL:
2850       x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2851 		       gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2852       break;
2853 
2854     case REAL_CST:
2855     case FIXED_CST:
2856     case STRING_CST:
2857     case COMPLEX_CST:
2858     case CONSTRUCTOR:
2859     case INTEGER_CST:
2860       x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
2861       break;
2862 
2863     default:
2864       gcc_unreachable ();
2865     }
2866 
2867   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2868   x = XEXP (x, 0);
2869 
2870   value->base = x;
2871   value->offset = offset;
2872 }
2873 
2874 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2875 
2876 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2877 
2878 /* Constant pool accessor function.  */
2879 
2880 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
constant_pool_htab(void)2881 constant_pool_htab (void)
2882 {
2883   return const_desc_htab;
2884 }
2885 
2886 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression.  */
2887 
2888 hashval_t
hash(constant_descriptor_tree * ptr)2889 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
2890 {
2891   return ptr->hash;
2892 }
2893 
2894 static hashval_t
const_hash_1(const tree exp)2895 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
2896 {
2897   const char *p;
2898   hashval_t hi;
2899   int len, i;
2900   enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
2901 
2902   /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
2903      exit the switch or return a value.  */
2904 
2905   switch (code)
2906     {
2907     case INTEGER_CST:
2908       p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
2909       len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
2910       break;
2911 
2912     case REAL_CST:
2913       return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
2914 
2915     case FIXED_CST:
2916       return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
2917 
2918     case STRING_CST:
2919       p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
2920       len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
2921       break;
2922 
2923     case COMPLEX_CST:
2924       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
2925 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
2926 
2927     case VECTOR_CST:
2928       {
2929 	unsigned i;
2930 
2931 	hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp);
2932 
2933 	for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); ++i)
2934 	  hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i));
2935 
2936 	return hi;
2937       }
2938 
2939     case CONSTRUCTOR:
2940       {
2941 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
2942 	tree value;
2943 
2944 	hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2945 
2946 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
2947 	  if (value)
2948 	    hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
2949 
2950 	return hi;
2951       }
2952 
2953     case ADDR_EXPR:
2954     case FDESC_EXPR:
2955       {
2956 	struct addr_const value;
2957 
2958 	decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
2959 	switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
2960 	  {
2961 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
2962 	    /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
2963 	       only use the offset and the symbol name.  */
2964 	    hi = value.offset;
2965 	    p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
2966 	    for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
2967 	      hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
2968 	    break;
2969 
2970 	  case LABEL_REF:
2971 	    hi = (value.offset
2972 		  + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (LABEL_REF_LABEL (value.base)) * 13);
2973 	    break;
2974 
2975 	  default:
2976 	    gcc_unreachable ();
2977 	  }
2978       }
2979       return hi;
2980 
2981     case PLUS_EXPR:
2982     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
2983     case MINUS_EXPR:
2984       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
2985 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
2986 
2987     CASE_CONVERT:
2988       return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
2989 
2990     default:
2991       /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code.  */
2992       return code;
2993     }
2994 
2995   /* Compute hashing function.  */
2996   hi = len;
2997   for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
2998     hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
2999 
3000   return hi;
3001 }
3002 
3003 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface.  */
3004 bool
equal(constant_descriptor_tree * c1,constant_descriptor_tree * c2)3005 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3006 			       constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3007 {
3008   if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3009     return 0;
3010   return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3011 }
3012 
3013 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3014    the same bit pattern on output.  */
3015 
3016 static int
compare_constant(const tree t1,const tree t2)3017 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3018 {
3019   enum tree_code typecode;
3020 
3021   if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3022     return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3023   if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3024     return 0;
3025 
3026   if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3027     return 0;
3028 
3029   switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3030     {
3031     case INTEGER_CST:
3032       /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3033       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3034 	return 0;
3035       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3036 	return 0;
3037       return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3038 
3039     case REAL_CST:
3040       /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3041       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3042 	return 0;
3043 
3044       return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3045 
3046     case FIXED_CST:
3047       /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3048       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3049 	return 0;
3050 
3051       return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3052 
3053     case STRING_CST:
3054       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3055 	return 0;
3056 
3057       return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3058 	      && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3059 			 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3060 
3061     case COMPLEX_CST:
3062       return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3063 	      && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3064 
3065     case VECTOR_CST:
3066       {
3067 	unsigned i;
3068 
3069         if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t1) != VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t2))
3070 	  return 0;
3071 
3072 	for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t1); ++i)
3073 	  if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (t1, i),
3074 				 VECTOR_CST_ELT (t2, i)))
3075 	    return 0;
3076 
3077 	return 1;
3078       }
3079 
3080     case CONSTRUCTOR:
3081       {
3082 	vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3083 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3084 
3085 	typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3086 	if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3087 	  return 0;
3088 
3089 	if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3090 	  {
3091 	    HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3092 	    /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match.  */
3093 	    if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3094 		|| size_1 == -1
3095 		|| size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3096 		|| TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3097 		   != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3098 	      return 0;
3099 	  }
3100 	else
3101 	  {
3102 	    /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3103                equality.  */
3104 	    if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3105 	      return 0;
3106 	  }
3107 
3108 	v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3109 	v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3110 	if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3111 	  return 0;
3112 
3113 	for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3114 	  {
3115 	    constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3116 	    constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3117 
3118 	    /* Check that each value is the same...  */
3119 	    if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3120 	      return 0;
3121 	    /* ... and that they apply to the same fields!  */
3122 	    if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3123 	      {
3124 		if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3125 		  return 0;
3126 	      }
3127 	    else
3128 	      {
3129 		if (c1->index != c2->index)
3130 		  return 0;
3131 	      }
3132 	  }
3133 
3134 	return 1;
3135       }
3136 
3137     case ADDR_EXPR:
3138     case FDESC_EXPR:
3139       {
3140 	struct addr_const value1, value2;
3141 	enum rtx_code code;
3142 	int ret;
3143 
3144 	decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3145 	decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3146 
3147 	if (value1.offset != value2.offset)
3148 	  return 0;
3149 
3150 	code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3151 	if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3152 	  return 0;
3153 
3154 	switch (code)
3155 	  {
3156 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
3157 	    ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3158 	    break;
3159 
3160 	  case LABEL_REF:
3161 	    ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (LABEL_REF_LABEL (value1.base))
3162 	           == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (LABEL_REF_LABEL (value2.base)));
3163 	    break;
3164 
3165 	  default:
3166 	    gcc_unreachable ();
3167 	  }
3168 	return ret;
3169       }
3170 
3171     case PLUS_EXPR:
3172     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3173     case MINUS_EXPR:
3174     case RANGE_EXPR:
3175       return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3176 	      && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3177 
3178     CASE_CONVERT:
3179     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3180       return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3181 
3182     default:
3183       return 0;
3184     }
3185 
3186   gcc_unreachable ();
3187 }
3188 
3189 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed.  */
3190 
3191 static section *
get_constant_section(tree exp,unsigned int align)3192 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3193 {
3194   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3195 					 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3196 					 align);
3197 }
3198 
3199 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes.  */
3200 
3201 static HOST_WIDE_INT
get_constant_size(tree exp)3202 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3203 {
3204   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3205 
3206   size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3207   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3208     size = MAX (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
3209   return size;
3210 }
3211 
3212 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3213    No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3214    Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3215    Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3216    constant's location in memory.
3217    Caller is responsible for updating the hash table.  */
3218 
3219 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
build_constant_desc(tree exp)3220 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3221 {
3222   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3223   rtx symbol, rtl;
3224   char label[256];
3225   int labelno;
3226   tree decl;
3227 
3228   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3229   desc->value = exp;
3230 
3231   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3232   labelno = const_labelno++;
3233   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3234 
3235   /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant.  */
3236   decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3237 		     TREE_TYPE (exp));
3238   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3239   DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3240   TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3241   TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3242   TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3243   /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3244      variable is referenced.  Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3245      Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl.  */
3246   DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3247   DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3248   /* ??? CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT hasn't been updated for vector types on most
3249      architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings.  */
3250   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3251     {
3252       DECL_ALIGN (decl) = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3253     }
3254   else
3255     align_variable (decl, 0);
3256 
3257   /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM.  */
3258   if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3259     {
3260       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3261 		   || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
3262 		       && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3263 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3264 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3265       section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3266       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3267 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3268     }
3269   else
3270     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3271   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3272   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3273   TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3274 
3275   rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3276   set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3277   set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3278 
3279   /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3280      alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well.  */
3281   set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3282 
3283   /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3284      Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing.  */
3285   RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3286 
3287   /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3288      that it is a local symbol.  If the name is changed, the macro
3289      ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3290      information.  This call might invalidate our local variable
3291      SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward.  */
3292   targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3293 
3294   desc->rtl = rtl;
3295 
3296   return desc;
3297 }
3298 
3299 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3300    for the constant expression EXP.
3301 
3302    If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3303    return an rtx to refer to it.
3304    Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3305    and generate an rtx for it.
3306 
3307    If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3308    if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3309 
3310    `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings.  */
3311 
3312 rtx
output_constant_def(tree exp,int defer)3313 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3314 {
3315   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3316   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3317 
3318   /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  If we didn't find
3319      it, create a new one.  */
3320   key.value = exp;
3321   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3322   constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3323     = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3324 
3325   desc = *loc;
3326   if (desc == 0)
3327     {
3328       desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3329       desc->hash = key.hash;
3330       *loc = desc;
3331     }
3332 
3333   maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3334   return desc->rtl;
3335 }
3336 
3337 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3338    output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it.  */
3339 static void
maybe_output_constant_def_contents(struct constant_descriptor_tree * desc,int defer)3340 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3341 				    int defer)
3342 {
3343   rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3344   tree exp = desc->value;
3345 
3346   if (flag_syntax_only)
3347     return;
3348 
3349   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3350     /* Already output; don't do it again.  */
3351     return;
3352 
3353   /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3354      doing so.  */
3355   if (defer)
3356     {
3357       /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists.  It needs to be at
3358 	 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3359 	 by the function.  If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3360 	 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3361 	 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier.  */
3362       if (cfun)
3363 	n_deferred_constants++;
3364       return;
3365     }
3366 
3367   output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3368 }
3369 
3370 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents.  Output the definition
3371    of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL.  ALIGN is the
3372    constant's alignment in bits.  */
3373 
3374 static void
assemble_constant_contents(tree exp,const char * label,unsigned int align)3375 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align)
3376 {
3377   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3378 
3379   size = get_constant_size (exp);
3380 
3381   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant.  */
3382   targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3383 
3384   /* Output the value of EXP.  */
3385   output_constant (exp, size, align, false);
3386 
3387   targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3388 }
3389 
3390 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so.  */
3391 
3392 static void
output_constant_def_contents(rtx symbol)3393 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3394 {
3395   tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3396   tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3397   bool asan_protected = false;
3398 
3399   /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3400      are assigned label numbers.  */
3401   output_addressed_constants (exp);
3402 
3403   /* We are no longer deferring this constant.  */
3404   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3405 
3406   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3407       && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3408       && asan_protect_global (exp))
3409     {
3410       asan_protected = true;
3411       DECL_ALIGN (decl) = MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3412 			       ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
3413     }
3414 
3415   /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3416      decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3417      its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
3418   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3419     place_block_symbol (symbol);
3420   else
3421     {
3422       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3423 		   || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
3424 		       && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3425 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3426 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3427       switch_to_section (get_constant_section (exp, align));
3428       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3429 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3430       assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align);
3431       if (asan_protected)
3432 	{
3433 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3434 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3435 	}
3436     }
3437 }
3438 
3439 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  Return the rtl
3440    if it has been emitted, else null.  */
3441 
3442 rtx
lookup_constant_def(tree exp)3443 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3444 {
3445   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3446 
3447   key.value = exp;
3448   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3449   constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3450     = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3451 
3452   return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3453 }
3454 
3455 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3456    for the constant expression EXP.
3457 
3458    This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level.  */
3459 
3460 tree
tree_output_constant_def(tree exp)3461 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3462 {
3463   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc, key;
3464   tree decl;
3465 
3466   /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  If we didn't find
3467      it, create a new one.  */
3468   key.value = exp;
3469   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3470   constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3471     = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3472 
3473   desc = *loc;
3474   if (desc == 0)
3475     {
3476       desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3477       desc->hash = key.hash;
3478       *loc = desc;
3479     }
3480 
3481   decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3482   varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3483   return decl;
3484 }
3485 
3486 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3487   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3488   rtx mem;
3489   rtx sym;
3490   rtx constant;
3491   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3492   hashval_t hash;
3493   machine_mode mode;
3494   unsigned int align;
3495   int labelno;
3496   int mark;
3497 };
3498 
3499 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3500 {
3501   static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3502   static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3503 };
3504 
3505 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3506    twice.  Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3507    are output once per function, not once per file.  */
3508 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools.  Most
3509    can use one per-file pool.  Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3510    difference.  */
3511 
3512 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3513   /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset.  */
3514   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3515   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3516 
3517   /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3518      It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3519      constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3520      in memory.  */
3521   hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3522 
3523   /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3524      machine-specific header).  */
3525   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3526 };
3527 
3528 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab.  */
3529 
3530 hashval_t
hash(constant_descriptor_rtx * desc)3531 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3532 {
3533   return desc->hash;
3534 }
3535 
3536 bool
equal(constant_descriptor_rtx * x,constant_descriptor_rtx * y)3537 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3538 			      constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3539 {
3540   if (x->mode != y->mode)
3541     return 0;
3542   return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3543 }
3544 
3545 /* Hash one component of a constant.  */
3546 
3547 static hashval_t
const_rtx_hash_1(const_rtx x)3548 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3549 {
3550   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3551   machine_mode mode;
3552   enum rtx_code code;
3553   hashval_t h;
3554   int i;
3555 
3556   code = GET_CODE (x);
3557   mode = GET_MODE (x);
3558   h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3559 
3560   switch (code)
3561     {
3562     case CONST_INT:
3563       hwi = INTVAL (x);
3564 
3565     fold_hwi:
3566       {
3567 	int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3568 	const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3569 
3570 	h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3571 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3572 	  {
3573 	    hwi >>= shift;
3574 	    h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3575 	  }
3576       }
3577       break;
3578 
3579     case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3580       hwi = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
3581       {
3582 	for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3583 	  hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3584 	goto fold_hwi;
3585       }
3586 
3587     case CONST_DOUBLE:
3588       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3589 	{
3590 	  hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3591 	  goto fold_hwi;
3592 	}
3593       else
3594 	h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3595       break;
3596 
3597     case CONST_FIXED:
3598       h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3599       break;
3600 
3601     case SYMBOL_REF:
3602       h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3603       break;
3604 
3605     case LABEL_REF:
3606       h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (LABEL_REF_LABEL (x));
3607       break;
3608 
3609     case UNSPEC:
3610     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3611       h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3612       break;
3613 
3614     default:
3615       break;
3616     }
3617 
3618   return h;
3619 }
3620 
3621 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant.  */
3622 
3623 static hashval_t
const_rtx_hash(rtx x)3624 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3625 {
3626   hashval_t h = 0;
3627   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3628   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3629     h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3630   return h;
3631 }
3632 
3633 
3634 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool.  */
3635 
3636 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
create_constant_pool(void)3637 create_constant_pool (void)
3638 {
3639   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3640 
3641   pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3642   pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3643   pool->first = NULL;
3644   pool->last = NULL;
3645   pool->offset = 0;
3646   return pool;
3647 }
3648 
3649 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function.  */
3650 
3651 void
init_varasm_status(void)3652 init_varasm_status (void)
3653 {
3654   crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3655   crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3656 }
3657 
3658 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3659    include the same symbol.  */
3660 
3661 rtx
simplify_subtraction(rtx x)3662 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3663 {
3664   rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3665   return r ? r : x;
3666 }
3667 
3668 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3669    and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory.  */
3670 
3671 rtx
force_const_mem(machine_mode mode,rtx x)3672 force_const_mem (machine_mode mode, rtx x)
3673 {
3674   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3675   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3676   char label[256];
3677   rtx def, symbol;
3678   hashval_t hash;
3679   unsigned int align;
3680   constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3681 
3682   /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't.  */
3683   if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3684     return NULL_RTX;
3685 
3686   /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry.  */
3687   crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3688 
3689   /* Decide which pool to use.  */
3690   pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3691 	  ? shared_constant_pool
3692 	  : crtl->varasm.pool);
3693 
3694   /* Lookup the value in the hashtable.  */
3695   tmp.constant = x;
3696   tmp.mode = mode;
3697   hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3698   slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3699   desc = *slot;
3700 
3701   /* If the constant was already present, return its memory.  */
3702   if (desc)
3703     return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3704 
3705   /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor.  */
3706   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3707   *slot = desc;
3708 
3709   /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type.  */
3710   align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3711 
3712   tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0);
3713   if (type != NULL_TREE)
3714     align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (make_tree (type, x), align);
3715 
3716   pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3717   pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3718 
3719   desc->next = NULL;
3720   desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3721   desc->offset = pool->offset;
3722   desc->hash = hash;
3723   desc->mode = mode;
3724   desc->align = align;
3725   desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3726   desc->mark = 0;
3727 
3728   pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3729   if (pool->last)
3730     pool->last->next = desc;
3731   else
3732     pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3733   pool->last = desc;
3734 
3735   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3736   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3737   ++const_labelno;
3738 
3739   /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF.  Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3740      the constants pool.  */
3741   if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3742     {
3743       section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3744       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3745 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3746     }
3747   else
3748     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3749   desc->sym = symbol;
3750   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3751   CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3752   SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3753 
3754   /* Construct the MEM.  */
3755   desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3756   set_mem_attributes (def, lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0), 1);
3757   set_mem_align (def, align);
3758 
3759   /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3760      don't delete it.  */
3761   if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3762     LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3763 
3764   return copy_rtx (def);
3765 }
3766 
3767 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant.  */
3768 
3769 rtx
get_pool_constant(const_rtx addr)3770 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3771 {
3772   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3773 }
3774 
3775 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3776    and whether it has been output or not.  */
3777 
3778 rtx
get_pool_constant_mark(rtx addr,bool * pmarked)3779 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3780 {
3781   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3782 
3783   desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3784   *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3785   return desc->constant;
3786 }
3787 
3788 /* Similar, return the mode.  */
3789 
3790 machine_mode
get_pool_mode(const_rtx addr)3791 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3792 {
3793   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3794 }
3795 
3796 /* Return the size of the constant pool.  */
3797 
3798 int
get_pool_size(void)3799 get_pool_size (void)
3800 {
3801   return crtl->varasm.pool->offset;
3802 }
3803 
3804 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1.  Emit assembly for X
3805    in MODE with known alignment ALIGN.  */
3806 
3807 static void
output_constant_pool_2(machine_mode mode,rtx x,unsigned int align)3808 output_constant_pool_2 (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3809 {
3810   switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3811     {
3812     case MODE_FLOAT:
3813     case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3814       {
3815 	gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3816 	assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x), mode, align, false);
3817 	break;
3818       }
3819 
3820     case MODE_INT:
3821     case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3822     case MODE_FRACT:
3823     case MODE_UFRACT:
3824     case MODE_ACCUM:
3825     case MODE_UACCUM:
3826     case MODE_POINTER_BOUNDS:
3827       assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3828       break;
3829 
3830     case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3831     case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3832     case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3833     case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
3834     case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
3835     case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
3836       {
3837 	int i, units;
3838         machine_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3839 	unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
3840 
3841 	gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3842 	units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
3843 
3844 	for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
3845 	  {
3846 	    rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
3847 	    output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
3848 	  }
3849       }
3850       break;
3851 
3852     default:
3853       gcc_unreachable ();
3854     }
3855 }
3856 
3857 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool.  Emit constant DESC,
3858    giving it ALIGN bits of alignment.  */
3859 
3860 static void
output_constant_pool_1(struct constant_descriptor_rtx * desc,unsigned int align)3861 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
3862 			unsigned int align)
3863 {
3864   rtx x, tmp;
3865 
3866   x = desc->constant;
3867 
3868   /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
3869      whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted.  This can occur if a jump table
3870      is eliminated by optimization.  If so, write a constant of zero
3871      instead.  Note that this can also happen by turning the
3872      CODE_LABEL into a NOTE.  */
3873   /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong.  Certainly it's
3874      not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
3875      functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends.  */
3876 
3877   tmp = x;
3878   switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
3879     {
3880     case CONST:
3881       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
3882 	  || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
3883 	break;
3884       tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
3885       /* FALLTHRU  */
3886 
3887     case LABEL_REF:
3888       tmp = LABEL_REF_LABEL (tmp);
3889       gcc_assert (!as_a<rtx_insn *> (tmp)->deleted ());
3890       gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (tmp)
3891 		  || NOTE_KIND (tmp) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
3892       break;
3893 
3894     default:
3895       break;
3896     }
3897 
3898 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
3899   ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
3900 				 align, desc->labelno, done);
3901 #endif
3902 
3903   assemble_align (align);
3904 
3905   /* Output the label.  */
3906   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
3907 
3908   /* Output the data.
3909      Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
3910      as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
3911      assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
3912      of fix-up table entries.  */
3913   output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
3914 
3915   /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
3916      sections have proper size.  */
3917   if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
3918       && in_section
3919       && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
3920     assemble_align (align);
3921 
3922 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
3923  done:
3924 #endif
3925   return;
3926 }
3927 
3928 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
3929    Emit referenced deferred strings.  */
3930 
3931 static void
mark_constants_in_pattern(rtx insn)3932 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
3933 {
3934   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3935   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
3936     {
3937       const_rtx x = *iter;
3938       if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
3939 	{
3940 	  if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
3941 	    {
3942 	      struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
3943 	      if (desc->mark == 0)
3944 		{
3945 		  desc->mark = 1;
3946 		  iter.substitute (desc->constant);
3947 		}
3948 	    }
3949 	  else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
3950 	    {
3951 	      tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
3952 	      if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
3953 		{
3954 		  n_deferred_constants--;
3955 		  output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
3956 		}
3957 	    }
3958 	}
3959     }
3960 }
3961 
3962 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
3963    constant pool which are actually being used.  Entries that are only
3964    referenced by other constants are also marked as used.  Emit
3965    deferred strings that are used.  */
3966 
3967 static void
mark_constants(rtx_insn * insn)3968 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
3969 {
3970   if (!INSN_P (insn))
3971     return;
3972 
3973   /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE.  Only check the patterns of
3974      insns, not any notes that may be attached.  We don't want to mark
3975      a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note.  */
3976   if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
3977     {
3978       int i, n = seq->len ();
3979       for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
3980 	{
3981 	  rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
3982 	  if (INSN_P (subinsn))
3983 	    mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
3984 	}
3985     }
3986   else
3987     mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
3988 }
3989 
3990 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
3991    entries in POOL which are actually being used.  Emit deferred constants
3992    which have indeed been used.  */
3993 
3994 static void
mark_constant_pool(void)3995 mark_constant_pool (void)
3996 {
3997   rtx_insn *insn;
3998 
3999   if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4000     return;
4001 
4002   for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4003     mark_constants (insn);
4004 }
4005 
4006 /* Write all the constants in POOL.  */
4007 
4008 static void
output_constant_pool_contents(struct rtx_constant_pool * pool)4009 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4010 {
4011   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4012 
4013   for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4014     if (desc->mark)
4015       {
4016 	/* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4017 	   the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4018 	   write out its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do
4019 	   that later.  */
4020 	if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4021 	    && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4022 	  place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4023 	else
4024 	  {
4025 	    switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4026 			       (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4027 	    output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4028 	  }
4029       }
4030 }
4031 
4032 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4033    out the function's private constant pool.  */
4034 
4035 static void
output_constant_pool(const char * fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)4036 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4037 		      tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4038 {
4039   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4040 
4041   /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4042      discard the instructions which refer to the constant.  In such a
4043      case we do not need to output the constant.  */
4044   mark_constant_pool ();
4045 
4046 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4047   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4048 #endif
4049 
4050   output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4051 
4052 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4053   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4054 #endif
4055 }
4056 
4057 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool.  */
4058 
4059 void
output_shared_constant_pool(void)4060 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4061 {
4062   output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4063 }
4064 
4065 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need.  */
4066 
4067 int
compute_reloc_for_constant(tree exp)4068 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4069 {
4070   int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4071   tree tem;
4072 
4073   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4074     {
4075     case ADDR_EXPR:
4076     case FDESC_EXPR:
4077       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4078 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4079 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4080       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4081 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4082 	;
4083 
4084       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4085 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4086 	{
4087 	  reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4088 	  break;
4089 	}
4090 
4091       if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4092 	reloc |= 2;
4093       else
4094 	reloc |= 1;
4095       break;
4096 
4097     case PLUS_EXPR:
4098     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4099       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4100       reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4101       break;
4102 
4103     case MINUS_EXPR:
4104       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4105       reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4106       /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time.  */
4107       if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4108 	reloc = 0;
4109       else
4110 	reloc |= reloc2;
4111       break;
4112 
4113     CASE_CONVERT:
4114     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4115       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4116       break;
4117 
4118     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4119       {
4120 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4121 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4122 	  if (tem != 0)
4123 	    reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4124       }
4125       break;
4126 
4127     default:
4128       break;
4129     }
4130   return reloc;
4131 }
4132 
4133 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4134    and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4135    Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered.  */
4136 
4137 static void
output_addressed_constants(tree exp)4138 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4139 {
4140   tree tem;
4141 
4142   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4143     {
4144     case ADDR_EXPR:
4145     case FDESC_EXPR:
4146       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4147 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4148 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4149       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4150 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4151 	;
4152 
4153       /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer.  */
4154       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4155 	tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4156 
4157       if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4158 	output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4159 
4160       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4161 	output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4162       break;
4163 
4164     case PLUS_EXPR:
4165     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4166     case MINUS_EXPR:
4167       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4168       /* Fall through.  */
4169 
4170     CASE_CONVERT:
4171     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4172       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4173       break;
4174 
4175     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4176       {
4177 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4178 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4179 	  if (tem != 0)
4180 	    output_addressed_constants (tem);
4181       }
4182       break;
4183 
4184     default:
4185       break;
4186     }
4187 }
4188 
4189 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4190    its elements are.  This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4191    and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4192    evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes.  */
4193 
4194 bool
constructor_static_from_elts_p(const_tree ctor)4195 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4196 {
4197   return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4198 	  && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4199 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4200 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4201 }
4202 
4203 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4204 					    tree *cache);
4205 
4206 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p.  VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4207    PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR.  This looks for cases of VALUE
4208    which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4209    particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant.  This
4210    returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4211    which can be used to initialize a static variable.  Otherwise it
4212    returns NULL.  */
4213 
4214 static tree
narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p(tree value,tree endtype,tree * cache)4215 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4216 {
4217   tree op0, op1;
4218 
4219   if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4220     return NULL_TREE;
4221 
4222   op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4223   op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4224 
4225   /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen.  This
4226      works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4227      ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4228      is cheaper.  */
4229 
4230   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4231 	 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4232     {
4233       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4234       if (inner == error_mark_node
4235 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4236 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4237 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4238 	break;
4239       op0 = inner;
4240     }
4241 
4242   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4243 	 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4244     {
4245       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4246       if (inner == error_mark_node
4247 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4248 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4249 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4250 	break;
4251       op1 = inner;
4252     }
4253 
4254   op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4255   if (!op0)
4256     return NULL_TREE;
4257 
4258   op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4259 					cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4260   /* Both initializers must be known.  */
4261   if (op1)
4262     {
4263       if (op0 == op1
4264 	  && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4265 	      || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4266 	return null_pointer_node;
4267 
4268       /* Support differences between labels.  */
4269       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4270 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4271 	return null_pointer_node;
4272 
4273       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4274 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4275 	  && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4276 	return null_pointer_node;
4277     }
4278 
4279   return NULL_TREE;
4280 }
4281 
4282 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4283    Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4284    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4285    element of a "constant" initializer.
4286 
4287    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4288    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4289    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4290    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4291    arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4292 
4293    Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL.  */
4294 
4295 static tree
initializer_constant_valid_p_1(tree value,tree endtype,tree * cache)4296 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4297 {
4298   tree ret;
4299 
4300   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4301     {
4302     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4303       if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4304 	{
4305 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4306 	  tree elt;
4307 	  bool absolute = true;
4308 
4309 	  if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4310 	    return cache[1];
4311 	  FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4312 	    {
4313 	      tree reloc;
4314 	      reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4315 						      NULL);
4316 	      if (!reloc
4317 		  /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO.  */
4318 		  || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4319 		      && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4320 		      && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4321 		{
4322 		  if (cache)
4323 		    {
4324 		      cache[0] = value;
4325 		      cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4326 		    }
4327 		  return NULL_TREE;
4328 		}
4329 	      if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4330 		absolute = false;
4331 	    }
4332 	  /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4333 	     variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4334 	     relocation."  */
4335 	  if (cache)
4336 	    {
4337 	      cache[0] = value;
4338 	      cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4339 	    }
4340 	  return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4341 	}
4342 
4343       return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4344 
4345     case INTEGER_CST:
4346     case VECTOR_CST:
4347     case REAL_CST:
4348     case FIXED_CST:
4349     case STRING_CST:
4350     case COMPLEX_CST:
4351       return null_pointer_node;
4352 
4353     case ADDR_EXPR:
4354     case FDESC_EXPR:
4355       {
4356 	tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4357 	if (op0)
4358 	  {
4359 	    /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic.  If "a" turns out
4360 	       to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense.  */
4361 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4362 		&& TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4363 	      return null_pointer_node;
4364 	    /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4365 	       unless we don't need or want one.  */
4366 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4367 		&& DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4368 		&& !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4369 	      return NULL_TREE;
4370 	    /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4371 	       object.  */
4372 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4373 	      return NULL_TREE;
4374 	  }
4375 	return op0;
4376       }
4377 
4378     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4379       return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4380 					     endtype, cache);
4381 
4382     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4383       {
4384 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4385 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4386 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4387 
4388 	/* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4389 	   if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4390 	   RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4391 	   to the underlying constructor.  */
4392 	if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4393 	  {
4394 	    if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4395 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4396 	    else
4397 	      return NULL_TREE;
4398 	  }
4399 
4400 	/* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion.  */
4401 	return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4402       }
4403 
4404     CASE_CONVERT:
4405       {
4406 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4407 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4408 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4409 
4410 	/* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4411 	   types, and offset types.  */
4412 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4413 	    || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4414 	    || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4415 		&& TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4416 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4417 
4418 	/* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types.  */
4419 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4420 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4421 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4422 
4423 	/* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4424 	   explicit value.  */
4425 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4426 	  {
4427 	    tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4428 	    if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4429 	      return null_pointer_node;
4430 	    break;
4431 	  }
4432 
4433 	/* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer.  */
4434 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4435 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4436 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4437 
4438 	/* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4439 	   conversions from 0.  */
4440 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4441 	     || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4442 	    && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4443 	  {
4444 	    if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4445 		&& TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4446 	      return null_pointer_node;
4447 	    if (integer_zerop (src))
4448 	      return null_pointer_node;
4449 	    else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4450 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4451 	  }
4452 
4453 	/* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4454 	   inside is okay.  */
4455 	if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4456 	    || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4457 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4458       }
4459       break;
4460 
4461     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4462     case PLUS_EXPR:
4463       /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4464 	 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants.  */
4465       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4466 	return NULL_TREE;
4467       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4468 	return cache[1];
4469       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4470 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4471 	{
4472 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4473 	  tree valid0
4474 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4475 					      endtype, ncache);
4476 	  tree valid1
4477 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4478 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4479 	  /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation.  */
4480 	  if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4481 	    ret = valid1;
4482 	  else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4483 	    ret = valid0;
4484 	  /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4485 	  else
4486 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4487 							  ncache);
4488 	}
4489       else
4490       /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4491 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4492       if (cache)
4493 	{
4494 	  cache[0] = value;
4495 	  cache[1] = ret;
4496 	}
4497       return ret;
4498 
4499     case MINUS_EXPR:
4500       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4501 	return NULL_TREE;
4502       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4503 	return cache[1];
4504       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4505 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4506 	{
4507 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4508 	  tree valid0
4509 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4510 					      endtype, ncache);
4511 	  tree valid1
4512 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4513 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4514 	  /* Win if second argument is absolute.  */
4515 	  if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4516 	    ret = valid0;
4517 	  /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4518 	     Then the value is absolute.  */
4519 	  else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4520 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4521 	  /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4522 	     generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4523 	     constant string is absolute.  */
4524 	  else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4525 		   && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4526 		   && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4527 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4528 	  /* Support narrowing differences.  */
4529 	  else
4530 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4531 							  ncache);
4532 	}
4533       else
4534 	/* Support narrowing differences.  */
4535 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4536       if (cache)
4537 	{
4538 	  cache[0] = value;
4539 	  cache[1] = ret;
4540 	}
4541       return ret;
4542 
4543     default:
4544       break;
4545     }
4546 
4547   return NULL_TREE;
4548 }
4549 
4550 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4551    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4552    element of a "constant" initializer.
4553 
4554    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4555    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4556    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4557    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4558    arithmetic-combinations of integers.  */
4559 tree
initializer_constant_valid_p(tree value,tree endtype,bool reverse)4560 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4561 {
4562   tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4563 
4564   /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order.  */
4565   if (reloc
4566       && reloc != null_pointer_node
4567       && reverse
4568       && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4569       && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4570     reloc = NULL_TREE;
4571 
4572   return reloc;
4573 }
4574 
4575 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4576    for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4577    an element of a "constant" initializer.  */
4578 
4579 bool
initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p(tree value)4580 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4581 {
4582   /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4583      of such.  */
4584   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4585     {
4586     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4587       {
4588 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4589 	tree elt;
4590 
4591 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4592 	  if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4593 	    return false;
4594 	return true;
4595       }
4596 
4597     case INTEGER_CST:
4598     case REAL_CST:
4599       return true;
4600 
4601     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4602     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4603       return
4604 	initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4605 
4606     default:
4607       break;
4608     }
4609 
4610   return false;
4611 }
4612 
4613 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4614    for nested aggregate bitfields.  */
4615 
4616 struct oc_outer_state {
4617   unsigned int bit_offset;  /* current position in ...  */
4618   int byte;                 /* ... the outer byte buffer.  */
4619 };
4620 
4621 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4622 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4623 		    oc_outer_state *);
4624 
4625 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4626    This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4627    Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4628 
4629    Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4630    with zeros if necessary.  SIZE must always be specified.  The returned
4631    value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4632    may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4633 
4634    SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4635    since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4636    It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4637    since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4638    It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4639    type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4640 
4641    There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4642    for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4643    But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4644 
4645    ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4646 
4647    If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order.  */
4648 
4649 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
output_constant(tree exp,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,unsigned int align,bool reverse)4650 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4651 		 bool reverse)
4652 {
4653   enum tree_code code;
4654   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4655   rtx cst;
4656 
4657   if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4658     return size;
4659 
4660   /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4661      to the address of some declaration somewhere.  If the target says
4662      the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4663      resolving it.  */
4664   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4665       && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4666       && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4667 	   (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4668 	    TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4669     {
4670       tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4671 
4672       /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4673 	 pointer modes.  */
4674       while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4675 	     && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4676 	     && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4677 		  (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4678 		   TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4679 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4680 
4681       /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4682 	 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4683 	 way.  */
4684       if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4685 	exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4686       /* Likewise for constant ints.  */
4687       else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4688 	exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4689 
4690     }
4691 
4692   /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4693      constant.  */
4694   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4695 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4696 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4697     {
4698       HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4699       HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4700 
4701       /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4702 	 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4703 	 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions.  */
4704       if (type_size > op_size
4705 	  && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4706 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4707 	/* Keep the conversion. */
4708 	break;
4709       else
4710 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4711     }
4712 
4713   code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4714   thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4715 
4716   /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4717      This means to fill the space with zeros.  */
4718   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4719       && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4720     {
4721       assemble_zeros (size);
4722       return size;
4723     }
4724 
4725   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4726     {
4727 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4728       HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4729       tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4730       ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4731 #else
4732       gcc_unreachable ();
4733 #endif
4734       return size;
4735     }
4736 
4737   /* Now output the underlying data.  If we've handling the padding, return.
4738      Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written.  */
4739   switch (code)
4740     {
4741     case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4742     case INTEGER_TYPE:
4743     case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4744     case POINTER_TYPE:
4745     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4746     case OFFSET_TYPE:
4747     case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4748     case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE:
4749     case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4750       cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4751       if (reverse)
4752 	cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4753       if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4754 	error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4755       break;
4756 
4757     case REAL_TYPE:
4758       if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4759 	error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4760       else
4761 	assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4762 		       align, reverse);
4763       break;
4764 
4765     case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4766       output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align, reverse);
4767       output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4768 		       min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4769 		       reverse);
4770       break;
4771 
4772     case ARRAY_TYPE:
4773     case VECTOR_TYPE:
4774       switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4775 	{
4776 	case CONSTRUCTOR:
4777 	  return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4778 	case STRING_CST:
4779 	  thissize
4780 	    = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
4781 	  assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
4782 	  break;
4783 	case VECTOR_CST:
4784 	  {
4785 	    machine_mode inner = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
4786 	    unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
4787 	    int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
4788 	    output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
4789 			     reverse);
4790 	    thissize = elt_size;
4791 	    for (unsigned int i = 1; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); i++)
4792 	      {
4793 		output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
4794 				 reverse);
4795 		thissize += elt_size;
4796 	      }
4797 	    break;
4798 	  }
4799 	default:
4800 	  gcc_unreachable ();
4801 	}
4802       break;
4803 
4804     case RECORD_TYPE:
4805     case UNION_TYPE:
4806       gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
4807       return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4808 
4809     case ERROR_MARK:
4810       return 0;
4811 
4812     default:
4813       gcc_unreachable ();
4814     }
4815 
4816   if (size > thissize)
4817     assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
4818 
4819   return size;
4820 }
4821 
4822 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
4823    arrays of unspecified length.  VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
4824    type with an unspecified upper bound.  */
4825 
4826 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
array_size_for_constructor(tree val)4827 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
4828 {
4829   tree max_index;
4830   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
4831   tree index, value, tmp;
4832   offset_int i;
4833 
4834   /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
4835      arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
4836      doing it here.  */
4837   if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
4838     return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
4839 
4840   max_index = NULL_TREE;
4841   FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
4842     {
4843       if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
4844 	index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
4845       if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
4846 	max_index = index;
4847     }
4848 
4849   if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
4850     return 0;
4851 
4852   /* Compute the total number of array elements.  */
4853   tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
4854   i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
4855 
4856   /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes.  */
4857   i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
4858 
4859   gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
4860   return i.to_uhwi ();
4861 }
4862 
4863 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor.  */
4864 
4865 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers.  */
4866 
4867 struct oc_local_state {
4868 
4869   /* Received arguments.  */
4870   tree exp;                     /* Constructor expression.  */
4871   tree type;                    /* Type of constructor expression.  */
4872   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size;  /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary.  */
4873   unsigned int align;           /* Known initial alignment.  */
4874   tree min_index;               /* Lower bound if specified for an array.  */
4875 
4876   /* Output processing state.  */
4877   HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes;  /* # bytes output so far / current position.  */
4878   int byte;                   /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output.  */
4879   int last_relative_index;    /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
4880 				 array element output within a bitfield.  */
4881   bool byte_buffer_in_use;    /* Whether BYTE is in use.  */
4882   bool reverse;               /* Whether reverse storage order is in use.  */
4883 
4884   /* Current element.  */
4885   tree field;      /* Current field decl in a record.  */
4886   tree val;        /* Current element value.  */
4887   tree index;      /* Current element index.  */
4888 
4889 };
4890 
4891 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
4892    RANGE_EXPR element.  */
4893 
4894 static void
output_constructor_array_range(oc_local_state * local)4895 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
4896 {
4897   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
4898     = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
4899 
4900   HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
4901     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
4902   HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
4903     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
4904   HOST_WIDE_INT index;
4905 
4906   unsigned int align2
4907     = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
4908 
4909   for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
4910     {
4911       /* Output the element's initial value.  */
4912       if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
4913 	assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
4914       else
4915 	fieldsize
4916 	  = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
4917 
4918       /* Count its size.  */
4919       local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
4920     }
4921 }
4922 
4923 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
4924    field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one.  */
4925 
4926 static void
output_constructor_regular_field(oc_local_state * local)4927 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
4928 {
4929   /* Field size and position.  Since this structure is static, we know the
4930      positions are constant.  */
4931   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
4932   HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
4933 
4934   unsigned int align2;
4935 
4936   /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element.  */
4937   if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
4938     {
4939       assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
4940       local->total_bytes++;
4941       local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
4942     }
4943 
4944   if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
4945     {
4946       /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
4947 	 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
4948 	 but we are using an unsigned sizetype.  */
4949       unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
4950       offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
4951 				 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
4952       fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
4953 	.to_short_addr ();
4954     }
4955   else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
4956     fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
4957   else
4958     fieldpos = 0;
4959 
4960   /* Advance to offset of this element.
4961      Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
4962      if each element has the proper size.  */
4963   if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
4964     {
4965       if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
4966 	{
4967 	  assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
4968 	  local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
4969 	}
4970       else
4971 	/* Must not go backwards.  */
4972 	gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
4973     }
4974 
4975   /* Find the alignment of this element.  */
4976   align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
4977 
4978   /* Determine size this element should occupy.  */
4979   if (local->field)
4980     {
4981       fieldsize = 0;
4982 
4983       /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
4984 	 the initializer determines the size.  */
4985       /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
4986 	 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
4987 	 initializing zero-length array members is removed.  */
4988       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
4989 	  && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
4990 	      || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
4991 	{
4992 	  fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
4993 	  /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
4994 	     be last.  Given a flexible array member, the next field
4995 	     on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct.  */
4996 	  const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
4997 	  gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
4998 	}
4999       else
5000 	fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5001     }
5002   else
5003     fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5004 
5005   /* Output the element's initial value.  */
5006   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5007     assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5008   else
5009     fieldsize
5010       = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
5011 
5012   /* Count its size.  */
5013   local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5014 }
5015 
5016 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the LOCAL state, output an element
5017    that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5018    from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer.  */
5019 
5020 static void
output_constructor_bitfield(oc_local_state * local,unsigned int bit_offset)5021 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5022 {
5023   /* Bit size of this element.  */
5024   HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5025     = (local->field
5026        ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5027        : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5028 
5029   /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component.  */
5030   HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5031     = (!local->field
5032        ? (local->index
5033 	  ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5034 	     - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5035 	  : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5036        : 0);
5037 
5038   /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5039      constructor.  */
5040   HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5041       = (local->field
5042 	 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5043 	 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5044 
5045   /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5046      outer byte buffer.  */
5047   HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5048     = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5049 
5050   /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5051      the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5052      this element.  */
5053   HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5054   HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5055 
5056   local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5057 
5058   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5059     local->val = integer_zero_node;
5060 
5061   while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5062 	 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5063     local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5064 
5065   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5066       && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5067     {
5068       error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5069       return;
5070     }
5071 
5072   /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes.  */
5073   if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5074     {
5075       /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes.  */
5076       if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5077 	{
5078 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5079 	  local->total_bytes++;
5080 	  local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5081 	}
5082 
5083       /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there.  */
5084       if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5085 	{
5086 	  gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5087 	  assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5088 	  local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5089 	}
5090     }
5091 
5092   /* Set up the buffer if necessary.  */
5093   if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5094     {
5095       local->byte = 0;
5096       if (ebitsize > 0)
5097 	local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5098     }
5099 
5100   /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5101      pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards.  */
5102   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5103     {
5104       oc_outer_state temp_state;
5105       temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5106       temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5107       local->total_bytes
5108 	+= output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5109       local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5110       return;
5111     }
5112 
5113   /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5114      separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5115      bit-fields.  */
5116   while (next_offset < end_offset)
5117     {
5118       int this_time;
5119       int shift;
5120       HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5121       HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5122       HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5123 
5124       /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary.  */
5125       while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5126 	{
5127 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5128 	  local->total_bytes++;
5129 	  local->byte = 0;
5130 	}
5131 
5132       /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte).  */
5133       this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5134       if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5135 	{
5136 	  /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5137 	     bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5138 	     the most significant end.  */
5139 	  shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5140 
5141 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5142 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5143 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5144 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5145 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5146 	    {
5147 	      const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5148 	      shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5149 	      this_time = end - shift + 1;
5150 	    }
5151 
5152 	  /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word.  */
5153 	  value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5154 	  shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5155 
5156 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5157 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5158 	  local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5159 			   & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5160 			  << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
5161 	}
5162       else
5163 	{
5164 	  /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5165 	     the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5166 	     bits of the bytes.  */
5167 	  shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5168 
5169 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5170 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5171 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5172 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5173 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5174 	    this_time
5175 	      = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5176 
5177 	  /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word.  */
5178 	  value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5179 	  shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5180 
5181 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5182 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5183 	  local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5184 			   & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5185 			  << next_bit);
5186 	}
5187 
5188       next_offset += this_time;
5189       local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5190     }
5191 }
5192 
5193 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5194    Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary.  OUTER designates the
5195    caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations.  */
5196 
5197 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
output_constructor(tree exp,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,unsigned int align,bool reverse,oc_outer_state * outer)5198 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5199 		    bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5200 {
5201   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5202   constructor_elt *ce;
5203   oc_local_state local;
5204 
5205   /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers.  */
5206   local.exp = exp;
5207   local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5208   local.size = size;
5209   local.align = align;
5210   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5211     local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5212   else
5213     local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5214 
5215   local.total_bytes = 0;
5216   local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5217   local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5218   local.last_relative_index = -1;
5219   /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type.  */
5220   if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5221     local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5222   else
5223     local.reverse = reverse;
5224 
5225   gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5226 
5227   /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5228      structure fields if the constant is a structure.  If the constant is a
5229      union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5230      But the constant could also be an array.  Then FIELD is zero.
5231 
5232      There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5233      (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5234      more one).  */
5235 
5236   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5237     local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5238   else
5239     local.field = NULL_TREE;
5240 
5241   for (cnt = 0;
5242        vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5243        cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5244     {
5245       local.val = ce->value;
5246       local.index = NULL_TREE;
5247 
5248       /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5249 	 or index.  */
5250       if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5251 	local.field = ce->index;
5252 
5253       else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5254 	local.index = ce->index;
5255 
5256       if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5257 	fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5258 		 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5259 		 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5260 		 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5261 		 : "<anonymous>");
5262 
5263       /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue.  */
5264       if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5265 	STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5266 
5267       /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ...  */
5268 
5269       /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield.  */
5270       if (!outer
5271 	  && local.index != NULL_TREE
5272 	  && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5273 	output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5274 
5275       /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5276 	 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long.  */
5277       else if (!outer
5278 	       && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5279 		   || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5280 	output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5281 
5282       /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5283 	 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first.  */
5284       else
5285         {
5286 	  if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5287 	    local.val
5288 	      = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5289 			    build_nonstandard_integer_type
5290 			    (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5291 			    local.val);
5292 	  output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5293 	}
5294     }
5295 
5296   /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5297      Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5298   if (outer)
5299     outer->byte = local.byte;
5300   else
5301     {
5302       if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5303 	{
5304 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5305 	  local.total_bytes++;
5306 	}
5307 
5308       if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5309 	{
5310 	  assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5311 	  local.total_bytes = local.size;
5312 	}
5313     }
5314 
5315   return local.total_bytes;
5316 }
5317 
5318 /* Mark DECL as weak.  */
5319 
5320 static void
mark_weak(tree decl)5321 mark_weak (tree decl)
5322 {
5323   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5324     return;
5325 
5326   struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5327   if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5328     error ("%+D declared weak after being used", decl);
5329   DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5330 
5331   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5332       && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5333       && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5334       && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5335     SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5336 }
5337 
5338 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL.  */
5339 
5340 void
merge_weak(tree newdecl,tree olddecl)5341 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5342 {
5343   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5344     {
5345       if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5346         {
5347           tree *pwd;
5348           /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5349              and OLDDECL as well.  Keep just OLDDECL on the list.  */
5350 	  for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5351 	    if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5352 	      {
5353 	        *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5354 		break;
5355 	      }
5356         }
5357       return;
5358     }
5359 
5360   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5361     {
5362       tree wd;
5363 
5364       /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not.  */
5365 
5366       /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5367 	 go back and make it weak.  This should never happen in
5368 	 unit-at-a-time compilation.  */
5369       gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5370 
5371       /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5372 	 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5373 	 a weak symbol.  Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5374 	 impossible.  */
5375       gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5376 	          || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5377 
5378       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5379 	{
5380 	  /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5381 	     Replace it with the OLDDECL.  */
5382 	  for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5383 	    if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5384 	      {
5385 		TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5386 		break;
5387 	      }
5388 	  /* We may not find the entry on the list.  If NEWDECL is a
5389 	     weak alias, then we will have already called
5390 	     globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5391 	     not need to do anything.  */
5392 	}
5393 
5394       /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping.  */
5395       mark_weak (olddecl);
5396     }
5397   else
5398     /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5399        weak.  Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too.  */
5400     mark_weak (newdecl);
5401 }
5402 
5403 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol.  */
5404 
5405 void
declare_weak(tree decl)5406 declare_weak (tree decl)
5407 {
5408   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5409   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5410     {
5411       error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5412       return;
5413     }
5414   else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5415     warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5416 
5417   mark_weak (decl);
5418   if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5419     DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5420       = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5421 }
5422 
5423 static void
weak_finish_1(tree decl)5424 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5425 {
5426 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5427   const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5428 #endif
5429 
5430   if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5431     return;
5432 
5433 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5434   ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5435 #else
5436 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5437   ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5438 #else
5439 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5440   {
5441     static bool warn_once = 0;
5442     if (! warn_once)
5443       {
5444 	warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5445 	warn_once = 1;
5446       }
5447     return;
5448   }
5449 #endif
5450 #endif
5451 #endif
5452 }
5453 
5454 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with.  */
5455 static tree
find_decl(tree target)5456 find_decl (tree target)
5457 {
5458   symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5459   if (node)
5460     return node->decl;
5461   return NULL_TREE;
5462 }
5463 
5464 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets.  */
5465 
5466 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5467 
5468 /* Emit any pending weak declarations.  */
5469 
5470 void
weak_finish(void)5471 weak_finish (void)
5472 {
5473   tree t;
5474 
5475   for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5476     {
5477       tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5478       tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5479 
5480       if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl)))
5481 	/* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5482 	   the target alone.  */
5483 	target = NULL_TREE;
5484 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5485       else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5486 	{
5487 	  /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5488 	     defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5489 	     different macros.  */
5490 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5491 	  ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5492 # else
5493 	  tree decl = find_decl (target);
5494 
5495 	  if (! decl)
5496 	    {
5497 	      decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5498 				 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5499 				 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5500 
5501 	      DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5502 	      TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5503 	      DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5504 	      TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5505 	      TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5506 	    }
5507 
5508 	  weak_finish_1 (decl);
5509 # endif
5510 	}
5511 #endif
5512 
5513       {
5514 	tree *p;
5515 	tree t2;
5516 
5517 	/* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5518 	   so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5519 	   nor multiple .weak directives for the latter.  */
5520 	for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5521 	  {
5522 	    if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5523 		|| target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5524 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5525 	    else
5526 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5527 	  }
5528 
5529 	/* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up.  */
5530 	for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5531 	  {
5532 	    if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5533 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5534 	    else
5535 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5536 	  }
5537       }
5538     }
5539 
5540   for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5541     {
5542       tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5543 
5544       weak_finish_1 (decl);
5545     }
5546 }
5547 
5548 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible.  */
5549 
5550 static void
globalize_decl(tree decl)5551 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5552 {
5553 
5554 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5555   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5556     {
5557       const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5558       tree *p, t;
5559 
5560 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5561       ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5562 #else
5563       ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5564 #endif
5565 
5566       /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5567 	 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5568       for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5569 	{
5570 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5571 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5572 	  else
5573 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5574 	}
5575 
5576       /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5577 	 list, for the same reason.  */
5578       for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5579 	{
5580 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5581 	      == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5582 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5583 	  else
5584 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5585 	}
5586 
5587       return;
5588     }
5589 #endif
5590 
5591   targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5592 }
5593 
5594 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5595 
5596 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5597    or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS.  The function defines the symbol whose
5598    tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET.  */
5599 
5600 void
do_assemble_alias(tree decl,tree target)5601 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5602 {
5603   tree id;
5604 
5605   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var.  */
5606   gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5607 		&& TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
5608 		&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5609 
5610   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5611     return;
5612 
5613   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5614   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5615   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5616 
5617   /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5618      we don't use it here.  */
5619   make_decl_rtl (decl);
5620 
5621   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5622   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5623   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5624 
5625   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5626     {
5627       if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5628 	weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5629 
5630 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5631       ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5632 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5633 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5634 #else
5635       if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5636 	{
5637 	  error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5638 		    "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5639 	  return;
5640 	}
5641 #endif
5642       return;
5643     }
5644 
5645 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5646   tree orig_decl = decl;
5647 
5648   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5649       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
5650       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version)
5651     orig_decl = cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl;
5652 
5653   /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
5654 
5655   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5656     {
5657       globalize_decl (decl);
5658       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5659     }
5660   if (lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5661     {
5662 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5663       if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5664 	ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5665 	  (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5666 	   IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5667       else
5668 #endif
5669 	error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5670 		  "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5671     }
5672 
5673 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5674   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5675 # else
5676   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5677 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5678 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5679 # endif
5680 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5681   {
5682     const char *name;
5683     tree *p, t;
5684 
5685     name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5686 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5687     ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5688 # else
5689     ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5690 # endif
5691     /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5692        we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5693     for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5694       if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5695 	  || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5696 	*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5697       else
5698 	p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5699 
5700     /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5701        list, for the same reason.  */
5702     for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5703       {
5704 	if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5705 	  *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5706 	else
5707 	  p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5708       }
5709   }
5710 #endif
5711 }
5712 
5713 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5714    the symbol for TARGET.  */
5715 
5716 void
assemble_alias(tree decl,tree target)5717 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5718 {
5719   tree target_decl;
5720 
5721   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5722     {
5723       tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5724 
5725       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5726 
5727       if (alias == target)
5728 	error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5729       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5730 	error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5731     }
5732   else
5733     {
5734 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5735 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5736       error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5737 		"alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5738       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5739       return;
5740 # else
5741       if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5742 	{
5743 	  if (lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5744 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5745 		      "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5746 	  else
5747 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5748 		      "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5749 	  TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5750 	  return;
5751 	}
5752 # endif
5753 #endif
5754     }
5755   TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5756 
5757   /* Allow aliases to aliases.  */
5758   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5759     cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5760   else
5761     varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5762 
5763   /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
5764      alias.  This saves a tad of memory.  */
5765   if (symtab->global_info_ready)
5766     target_decl = find_decl (target);
5767   else
5768     target_decl= NULL;
5769   if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
5770       || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
5771     do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
5772   else
5773     {
5774       alias_pair p = {decl, target};
5775       vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
5776     }
5777 }
5778 
5779 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
5780    to its transaction aware clone.  Note that tm_pure functions are
5781    considered to be their own clone.  */
5782 
5783 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
5784 {
hashtm_clone_hasher5785   static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
equaltm_clone_hasher5786   static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
5787 
5788   static int
keep_cache_entrytm_clone_hasher5789   keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
5790   {
5791     return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
5792   }
5793 };
5794 
5795 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
5796 
5797 void
record_tm_clone_pair(tree o,tree n)5798 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
5799 {
5800   struct tree_map **slot, *h;
5801 
5802   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
5803     tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
5804 
5805   h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
5806   h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5807   h->base.from = o;
5808   h->to = n;
5809 
5810   slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
5811   *slot = h;
5812 }
5813 
5814 tree
get_tm_clone_pair(tree o)5815 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
5816 {
5817   if (tm_clone_hash)
5818     {
5819       struct tree_map *h, in;
5820 
5821       in.base.from = o;
5822       in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5823       h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
5824       if (h)
5825 	return h->to;
5826     }
5827   return NULL_TREE;
5828 }
5829 
5830 struct tm_alias_pair
5831 {
5832   unsigned int uid;
5833   tree from;
5834   tree to;
5835 };
5836 
5837 
5838 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section.  */
5839 
5840 static void
dump_tm_clone_pairs(vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)5841 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
5842 {
5843   unsigned i;
5844   tm_alias_pair *p;
5845   bool switched = false;
5846 
5847   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
5848     {
5849       tree src = p->from;
5850       tree dst = p->to;
5851       struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
5852       struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
5853 
5854       /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
5855 	 the original function was needed.  But we also mark the clone as
5856 	 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
5857 	 TM_GETTMCLONE.  If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
5858 	 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
5859 	 in the clone table.  */
5860       if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
5861 	continue;
5862 
5863       /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
5864 	 function away, and only access the transactional clone.  */
5865       if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
5866 	continue;
5867 
5868       if (!switched)
5869 	{
5870 	  switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
5871 	  assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
5872 	  switched = true;
5873 	}
5874 
5875       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
5876 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
5877       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
5878 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
5879     }
5880 }
5881 
5882 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section.  */
5883 
5884 section *
default_clone_table_section(void)5885 default_clone_table_section (void)
5886 {
5887   return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
5888 }
5889 
5890 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
5891    alias_pair->emitted_diags.  */
5892 
5893 static int
tm_alias_pair_cmp(const void * x,const void * y)5894 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
5895 {
5896   const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
5897   const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
5898   if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
5899     return -1;
5900   if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
5901     return 1;
5902   return 0;
5903 }
5904 
5905 void
finish_tm_clone_pairs(void)5906 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
5907 {
5908   vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
5909 
5910   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
5911     return;
5912 
5913   /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
5914      we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
5915      to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector.  */
5916 
5917   /* Dump the hashtable to a vector.  */
5918   tree_map *map;
5919   hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
5920   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
5921     {
5922       tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
5923       tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
5924     }
5925   /* Sort it.  */
5926   tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
5927 
5928   /* Dump it.  */
5929   dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
5930 
5931   tm_clone_hash->empty ();
5932   tm_clone_hash = NULL;
5933   tm_alias_pairs.release ();
5934 }
5935 
5936 
5937 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
5938    the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT.  */
5939 
5940 void
default_assemble_visibility(tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)5941 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5942 			     int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5943 {
5944 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
5945   static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
5946     NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
5947   };
5948 
5949   const char *name, *type;
5950   tree id;
5951 
5952   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5953   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5954   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5955 
5956   type = visibility_types[vis];
5957 
5958   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
5959   assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
5960   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
5961 #else
5962   if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
5963     warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
5964 	     "in this configuration; ignored");
5965 #endif
5966 }
5967 
5968 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl.  */
5969 
5970 int
maybe_assemble_visibility(tree decl)5971 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
5972 {
5973   enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
5974 
5975   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5976       && cgraph_node::get (decl)
5977       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
5978       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version)
5979     vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl);
5980 
5981   if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
5982     {
5983       targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
5984       return 1;
5985     }
5986   else
5987     return 0;
5988 }
5989 
5990 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
5991    so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
5992    multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
5993    a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded.  */
5994 
5995 int
supports_one_only(void)5996 supports_one_only (void)
5997 {
5998   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
5999     return 1;
6000   return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6001 }
6002 
6003 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6004    translation units without generating a linker error.  */
6005 
6006 void
make_decl_one_only(tree decl,tree comdat_group)6007 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6008 {
6009   struct symtab_node *symbol;
6010   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
6011 	      || TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL);
6012 
6013   TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6014 
6015   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
6016     symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6017   else
6018     symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6019 
6020   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6021     {
6022 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6023       MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6024 #endif
6025       symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6026     }
6027   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
6028            && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6029 	       || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6030     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6031   else
6032     {
6033       gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6034       DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6035     }
6036 }
6037 
6038 void
init_varasm_once(void)6039 init_varasm_once (void)
6040 {
6041   section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6042   object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6043   const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6044 
6045   shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6046 
6047 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6048   text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6049 				      TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6050 #endif
6051 
6052 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6053   data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6054 				      DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6055 #endif
6056 
6057 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6058   sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6059 				       SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6060 #endif
6061 
6062 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6063   readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6064 					       READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6065 #endif
6066 
6067 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6068   ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6069 				       CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6070 #endif
6071 
6072 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6073   dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6074 				       DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6075 #endif
6076 
6077 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6078   bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6079 				     output_section_asm_op,
6080 				     BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6081 #endif
6082 
6083 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6084   sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6085 				      output_section_asm_op,
6086 				      SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6087 #endif
6088 
6089   tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6090 					   | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6091   lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6092 					| SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6093   comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6094 				       | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6095 
6096 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6097   bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6098 					       emit_bss);
6099 #endif
6100 
6101   targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6102 
6103   if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6104     readonly_data_section = text_section;
6105 
6106 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6107   pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6108 #endif
6109 }
6110 
6111 enum tls_model
decl_default_tls_model(const_tree decl)6112 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6113 {
6114   enum tls_model kind;
6115   bool is_local;
6116 
6117   is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6118   if (!flag_shlib)
6119     {
6120       if (is_local)
6121 	kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6122       else
6123 	kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6124     }
6125 
6126   /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6127      parts of the address.  */
6128   else if (optimize && is_local)
6129     kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6130   else
6131     kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6132   if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6133     kind = flag_tls_default;
6134 
6135   return kind;
6136 }
6137 
6138 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6139    of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6140    might contain runtime relocations.
6141 
6142    We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6143    read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl.  */
6144 
6145 unsigned int
default_section_type_flags(tree decl,const char * name,int reloc)6146 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6147 {
6148   unsigned int flags;
6149 
6150   if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6151     flags = SECTION_CODE;
6152   else if (decl)
6153     {
6154       enum section_category category
6155 	= categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6156       if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6157 	flags = 0;
6158       else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6159 	       || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6160 	flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6161       else
6162 	flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6163     }
6164   else
6165     {
6166       flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6167       if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6168 	  || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6169 	flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6170     }
6171 
6172   if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6173     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6174 
6175   if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6176     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6177 
6178   if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6179     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6180 
6181   if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6182       || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6183       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6184       || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6185       || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6186       || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6187       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6188     flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6189 
6190   if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6191       || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6192       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6193     flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6194 
6195   if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6196       || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6197       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6198     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6199 
6200   /* These three sections have special ELF types.  They are neither
6201      SHT_PROGBITS nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't
6202      want to print a section type (@progbits or @nobits).  If someone
6203      is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of these
6204      sections, then don't handle them specially.  */
6205   if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS))
6206       && (strcmp (name, ".init_array") == 0
6207 	  || strcmp (name, ".fini_array") == 0
6208 	  || strcmp (name, ".preinit_array") == 0))
6209     flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6210 
6211   return flags;
6212 }
6213 
6214 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6215    either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6216    section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION.  */
6217 
6218 bool
have_global_bss_p(void)6219 have_global_bss_p (void)
6220 {
6221   return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6222 }
6223 
6224 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6225    Four variants for common object file formats.  */
6226 
6227 void
default_no_named_section(const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6228 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6229 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6230 			  tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6231 {
6232   /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all.  The
6233      front-end should already have flagged this as an error.  */
6234   gcc_unreachable ();
6235 }
6236 
6237 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6238 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6239 #endif
6240 
6241 void
default_elf_asm_named_section(const char * name,unsigned int flags,tree decl)6242 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6243 			       tree decl)
6244 {
6245   char flagchars[10], *f = flagchars;
6246 
6247   /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6248      abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6249      part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6250      declaration every time.  */
6251   if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6252       && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6253     {
6254       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6255       return;
6256     }
6257 
6258   if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6259     *f++ = 'a';
6260 #if defined (HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE) && HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE == 1
6261   if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6262     *f++ = 'e';
6263 #endif
6264   if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6265     *f++ = 'w';
6266   if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6267     *f++ = 'x';
6268   if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6269     *f++ = 's';
6270   if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6271     *f++ = 'M';
6272   if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6273     *f++ = 'S';
6274   if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6275     *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6276   if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6277     *f++ = 'G';
6278   *f = '\0';
6279 
6280   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6281 
6282   if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6283     {
6284       const char *type;
6285       const char *format;
6286 
6287       if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6288 	type = "nobits";
6289       else
6290 	type = "progbits";
6291 
6292       format = ",@%s";
6293       /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6294 	 use "%" instead.  */
6295       if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6296 	format = ",%%%s";
6297       fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6298 
6299       if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6300 	fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6301       if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6302 	{
6303 	  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6304 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6305 	  else
6306 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6307 		     IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6308 	}
6309     }
6310 
6311   putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6312 }
6313 
6314 void
default_coff_asm_named_section(const char * name,unsigned int flags,tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6315 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6316 				tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6317 {
6318   char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6319 
6320   if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6321     *f++ = 'w';
6322   if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6323     *f++ = 'x';
6324   *f = '\0';
6325 
6326   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6327 }
6328 
6329 void
default_pe_asm_named_section(const char * name,unsigned int flags,tree decl)6330 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6331 			      tree decl)
6332 {
6333   default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6334 
6335   if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6336     {
6337       /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6338          optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6339          Instead, have the linker pick one.  */
6340       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6341 	       (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6342     }
6343 }
6344 
6345 /* The lame default section selector.  */
6346 
6347 section *
default_select_section(tree decl,int reloc,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6348 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6349 			unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6350 {
6351   if (DECL_P (decl))
6352     {
6353       if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6354 	return readonly_data_section;
6355     }
6356   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6357     {
6358       if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6359 	     || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6360 	     || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6361 	     || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6362 	return readonly_data_section;
6363     }
6364   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6365     return readonly_data_section;
6366   else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6367     return readonly_data_section;
6368 
6369   return data_section;
6370 }
6371 
6372 enum section_category
categorize_decl_for_section(const_tree decl,int reloc)6373 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6374 {
6375   enum section_category ret;
6376 
6377   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6378     return SECCAT_TEXT;
6379   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6380     {
6381       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6382 	  && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6383       /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6384         return SECCAT_RODATA;
6385       else
6386 	return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6387     }
6388   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
6389     {
6390       if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6391 	ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6392       else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6393 	       || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6394 	       || ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
6395 	{
6396 	  /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6397 	     be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6398 	     do something.  If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6399 	     minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker.  */
6400 	  if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6401 	    ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6402 	  else
6403 	    ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6404 	}
6405       else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6406 	ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6407       else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6408 	       || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6409 		   && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl))))
6410 	/* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6411 	   location.  -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6412 	   expense of not conforming).  */
6413 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6414       else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6415 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6416       else
6417 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6418     }
6419   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6420     {
6421       if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6422 	  || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6423 	  || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6424 	ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6425       else
6426 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6427     }
6428   else
6429     ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6430 
6431   /* There are no read-only thread-local sections.  */
6432   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6433     {
6434       /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6435 	 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section.  */
6436       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6437 	       || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6438 		   && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6439 	ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6440       else
6441 	ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6442     }
6443 
6444   /* If the target uses small data sections, select it.  */
6445   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6446     {
6447       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6448 	ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6449       else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6450 	ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6451       else
6452 	ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6453     }
6454 
6455   return ret;
6456 }
6457 
6458 static bool
decl_readonly_section_1(enum section_category category)6459 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6460 {
6461   switch (category)
6462     {
6463     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6464     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6465     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6466     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6467     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6468       return true;
6469     default:
6470       return false;
6471     }
6472 }
6473 
6474 bool
decl_readonly_section(const_tree decl,int reloc)6475 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6476 {
6477   return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6478 }
6479 
6480 /* Select a section based on the above categorization.  */
6481 
6482 section *
default_elf_select_section(tree decl,int reloc,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)6483 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6484 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6485 {
6486   const char *sname;
6487   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6488     {
6489     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6490       /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs.  */
6491       gcc_unreachable ();
6492     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6493       return readonly_data_section;
6494     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6495       return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6496     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6497       return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6498     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6499       return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6500     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6501       sname = ".sdata2";
6502       break;
6503     case SECCAT_DATA:
6504       return data_section;
6505     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6506       sname = ".data.rel";
6507       break;
6508     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6509       sname = ".data.rel.local";
6510       break;
6511     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6512       sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6513       break;
6514     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6515       sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6516       break;
6517     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6518       sname = ".sdata";
6519       break;
6520     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6521       sname = ".tdata";
6522       break;
6523     case SECCAT_BSS:
6524       if (bss_section)
6525 	return bss_section;
6526       sname = ".bss";
6527       break;
6528     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6529       sname = ".sbss";
6530       break;
6531     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6532       sname = ".tbss";
6533       break;
6534     default:
6535       gcc_unreachable ();
6536     }
6537 
6538   return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6539 }
6540 
6541 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6542    categorization performed above.  */
6543 
6544 void
default_unique_section(tree decl,int reloc)6545 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6546 {
6547   /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups.  */
6548   bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6549   const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6550   char *string;
6551   tree id;
6552 
6553   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6554     {
6555     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6556       prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6557       break;
6558     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6559     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6560     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6561     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6562       prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6563       break;
6564     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6565       prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6566       break;
6567     case SECCAT_DATA:
6568       prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6569       break;
6570     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6571       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6572       break;
6573     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6574       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6575       break;
6576     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6577       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6578       break;
6579     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6580       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6581       break;
6582     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6583       prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6584       break;
6585     case SECCAT_BSS:
6586       prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6587       break;
6588     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6589       prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6590       break;
6591     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6592       prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6593       break;
6594     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6595       prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6596       break;
6597     default:
6598       gcc_unreachable ();
6599     }
6600 
6601   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6602   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6603   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6604   name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6605 
6606   /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6607      prefix to the section name.  */
6608   linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6609 
6610   string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6611 
6612   set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6613 }
6614 
6615 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes.  */
6616 
6617 static int
compute_reloc_for_rtx_1(const_rtx x)6618 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6619 {
6620   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6621     {
6622     case SYMBOL_REF:
6623       return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6624     case LABEL_REF:
6625       return 1;
6626     default:
6627       return 0;
6628     }
6629 }
6630 
6631 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX.  The return value
6632    is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6633    indicates a local relocation.  */
6634 
6635 static int
compute_reloc_for_rtx(const_rtx x)6636 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6637 {
6638   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6639     {
6640     case SYMBOL_REF:
6641     case LABEL_REF:
6642       return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6643 
6644     case CONST:
6645       {
6646 	int reloc = 0;
6647 	subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6648 	FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6649 	  reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6650 	return reloc;
6651       }
6652 
6653     default:
6654       return 0;
6655     }
6656 }
6657 
6658 section *
default_select_rtx_section(machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,rtx x,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6659 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6660 			    rtx x,
6661 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6662 {
6663   if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6664     return data_section;
6665   else
6666     return readonly_data_section;
6667 }
6668 
6669 section *
default_elf_select_rtx_section(machine_mode mode,rtx x,unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)6670 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6671 				unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6672 {
6673   int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6674 
6675   /* ??? Handle small data here somehow.  */
6676 
6677   if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6678     {
6679       if (reloc == 1)
6680 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6681       else
6682 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6683     }
6684 
6685   return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6686 }
6687 
6688 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP.  */
6689 
6690 void
default_encode_section_info(tree decl,rtx rtl,int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)6691 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6692 {
6693   rtx symbol;
6694   int flags;
6695 
6696   /* Careful not to prod global register variables.  */
6697   if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6698     return;
6699   symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6700   if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6701     return;
6702 
6703   flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6704   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6705     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6706   if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6707     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6708   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6709     flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6710   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6711     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6712   /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names?  Without
6713      being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6714      Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well.  */
6715   if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6716     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6717 
6718   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6719 }
6720 
6721 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6722    do anything but discard the '*' marker.  */
6723 
6724 const char *
default_strip_name_encoding(const char * str)6725 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6726 {
6727   return str + (*str == '*');
6728 }
6729 
6730 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6731 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR.  Define the
6732    anchor relative to ".", the current section position.  */
6733 
6734 void
default_asm_output_anchor(rtx symbol)6735 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
6736 {
6737   char buffer[100];
6738 
6739   sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
6740 	   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
6741   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
6742 }
6743 #endif
6744 
6745 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P.  */
6746 
6747 bool
default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p(const_rtx symbol)6748 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
6749 {
6750   section *sect;
6751   tree decl;
6752 
6753   /* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections.  The linker might move
6754      the objects around.  */
6755   sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
6756   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6757     return false;
6758 
6759   /* Don't use anchors for small data sections.  The small data register
6760      acts as an anchor for such sections.  */
6761   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6762     return false;
6763 
6764   decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
6765   if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
6766     {
6767       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
6768 	 usurped by other modules.  */
6769       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
6770 	return false;
6771 
6772       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
6773 	 small data section.  */
6774       /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
6775 	 one above.  The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
6776 	 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive.  */
6777       if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6778 	return false;
6779     }
6780   return true;
6781 }
6782 
6783 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
6784    definition provided by current .o file.  */
6785 
6786 static bool
resolution_to_local_definition_p(enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)6787 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
6788 {
6789   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
6790 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
6791 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
6792 }
6793 
6794 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
6795    within current executable or DSO.  */
6796 
6797 static bool
resolution_local_p(enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)6798 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
6799 {
6800   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
6801 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
6802 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
6803 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
6804 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
6805 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
6806 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
6807 }
6808 
6809 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
6810    uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
6811    (through COPY relocation) in the executable.  */
6812 
6813 bool
default_binds_local_p_3(const_tree exp,bool shlib,bool weak_dominate,bool extern_protected_data,bool common_local_p)6814 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
6815 			 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
6816 {
6817   /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool.  */
6818   if (!DECL_P (exp))
6819     return true;
6820 
6821   /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
6822      static and therefore local.  Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
6823      might resolve to a non-local function.
6824      FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
6825      weakref alias.  */
6826   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
6827 	   || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
6828 	       && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))))
6829     return false;
6830 
6831   /* Static variables are always local.  */
6832   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
6833     return true;
6834 
6835   /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
6836      We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
6837      because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
6838      in shared libraries.  */
6839   bool resolved_locally = false;
6840 
6841   bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
6842 			  && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
6843 			      || (!in_lto_p
6844 				  && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
6845 
6846   /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
6847      uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true.  */
6848   bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
6849 			  && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
6850   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
6851     {
6852       if (node->in_other_partition)
6853 	defined_locally = true;
6854       if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
6855 	;
6856       else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
6857 	defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
6858       else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
6859 	resolved_locally = true;
6860     }
6861   if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
6862     resolved_locally = true;
6863 
6864   /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally.  */
6865   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
6866     return false;
6867 
6868   /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
6869      or if we have a definition for the symbol.  We cannot infer visibility
6870      for undefined symbols.  */
6871   if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
6872       && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
6873 	  || !extern_protected_data
6874 	  || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
6875       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
6876     return true;
6877 
6878   /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
6879      symbols resolved from other modules.  */
6880   if (shlib)
6881     return false;
6882 
6883   /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local.  */
6884   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
6885     return false;
6886 
6887   /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally.  */
6888   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
6889     return false;
6890 
6891   /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
6892      resolved from other modules.  */
6893   if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
6894     return false;
6895 
6896   /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
6897      which is of necessity defined locally.  */
6898   return true;
6899 }
6900 
6901 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
6902    wrt cross-module name binding.  */
6903 
6904 bool
default_binds_local_p(const_tree exp)6905 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
6906 {
6907   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
6908 }
6909 
6910 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
6911    extern protected data is non-local.  */
6912 
6913 bool
default_binds_local_p_2(const_tree exp)6914 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
6915 {
6916   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
6917 				  !flag_pic);
6918 }
6919 
6920 bool
default_binds_local_p_1(const_tree exp,int shlib)6921 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
6922 {
6923   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
6924 }
6925 
6926 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
6927    final executable.
6928 
6929    The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
6930    current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
6931    We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
6932    the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
6933    decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p.  In particular
6934    the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
6935    definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
6936    we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin.  */
6937 bool
decl_binds_to_current_def_p(const_tree decl)6938 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
6939 {
6940   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
6941   if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6942     return false;
6943   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6944     return true;
6945 
6946   /* When resolution is available, just use it.  */
6947   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
6948     {
6949       if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
6950 	  && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
6951 	return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
6952     }
6953 
6954   /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
6955      binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
6956      with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
6957      DECL_EXTERNAL.
6958      This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
6959      for all other declaration types.  */
6960   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
6961     return false;
6962   if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
6963       && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6964 	  || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6965     return false;
6966   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
6967     return false;
6968   return true;
6969 }
6970 
6971 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
6972    at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
6973    replacement has the same type.  For example, functions declared
6974    with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
6975 
6976    COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
6977    function must be equivalent.  It is important that COMDAT functions
6978    not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
6979    instantiations is not penalized.  */
6980 
6981 bool
decl_replaceable_p(tree decl)6982 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
6983 {
6984   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
6985   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
6986     return false;
6987   if (!flag_semantic_interposition
6988       && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
6989     return false;
6990   return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
6991 }
6992 
6993 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label.  A
6994    target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
6995    globalize a label.  */
6996 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
6997 void
default_globalize_label(FILE * stream,const char * name)6998 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
6999 {
7000   fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7001   assemble_name (stream, name);
7002   putc ('\n', stream);
7003 }
7004 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7005 
7006 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
7007 void
default_globalize_decl_name(FILE * stream,tree decl)7008 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7009 {
7010   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7011   targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7012 }
7013 
7014 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information.  The
7015    default is to do nothing.  A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7016    unwind information must provide its own function to do this.  */
7017 void
default_emit_unwind_label(FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7018 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7019 			   tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7020 			   int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7021 			   int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7022 {
7023 }
7024 
7025 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7026    The default is to do nothing.  A target that needs/wants to divide
7027    up the table must provide it's own function to do this.  */
7028 void
default_emit_except_table_label(FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7029 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7030 {
7031 }
7032 
7033 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7034    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7035 
7036 void
default_generate_internal_label(char * buf,const char * prefix,unsigned long labelno)7037 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7038 				 unsigned long labelno)
7039 {
7040   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7041 }
7042 
7043 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7044    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7045 
7046 void
default_internal_label(FILE * stream,const char * prefix,unsigned long labelno)7047 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7048 			unsigned long labelno)
7049 {
7050   char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7051   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7052   ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7053 }
7054 
7055 
7056 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME.  */
7057 
7058 void
default_asm_declare_constant_name(FILE * file,const char * name,const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7059 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7060 				   const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7061 				   HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7062 {
7063   assemble_label (file, name);
7064 }
7065 
7066 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file.  It's
7067    controlled by two other target-hook toggles.  */
7068 void
default_file_start(void)7069 default_file_start (void)
7070 {
7071   if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7072       && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7073     fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7074 
7075   if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7076     {
7077       /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename.  */
7078       if (in_lto_p)
7079 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7080       else
7081 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7082     }
7083 }
7084 
7085 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7086    which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7087    not this object file needs an executable stack.  This is primarily
7088    a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets.  */
7089 
7090 int trampolines_created;
7091 
7092 void
file_end_indicate_exec_stack(void)7093 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7094 {
7095   unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7096   if (trampolines_created)
7097     flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7098 
7099   switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7100 }
7101 
7102 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7103    was compiled with -fsplit-stack.  This is used to let the linker
7104    detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7105    that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7106    large stack.  We emit another special section if there are any
7107    functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7108    prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7109    functions if they call non-split-stack code.  */
7110 
7111 void
file_end_indicate_split_stack(void)7112 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7113 {
7114   if (flag_split_stack)
7115     {
7116       switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7117 				      NULL));
7118       if (saw_no_split_stack)
7119 	switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7120 					SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7121     }
7122 }
7123 
7124 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline.  This is used as
7125    a get_unnamed_section callback.  */
7126 
7127 void
output_section_asm_op(const void * directive)7128 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7129 {
7130   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7131 }
7132 
7133 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION.  Do nothing if
7134    the current section is NEW_SECTION.  */
7135 
7136 void
switch_to_section(section * new_section)7137 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7138 {
7139   if (in_section == new_section)
7140     return;
7141 
7142   if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7143     in_section = NULL;
7144   else
7145     in_section = new_section;
7146 
7147   switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7148     {
7149     case SECTION_NAMED:
7150       targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7151 				     new_section->named.common.flags,
7152 				     new_section->named.decl);
7153       break;
7154 
7155     case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7156       new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7157       break;
7158 
7159     case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7160       gcc_unreachable ();
7161       break;
7162     }
7163 
7164   new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7165 }
7166 
7167 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7168    it at the end of its block.  */
7169 
7170 void
place_block_symbol(rtx symbol)7171 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7172 {
7173   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7174   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7175   unsigned int alignment;
7176   struct object_block *block;
7177   tree decl;
7178 
7179   gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7180   if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7181     return;
7182 
7183   /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment.  */
7184   if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7185     {
7186       desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7187       alignment = desc->align;
7188       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7189     }
7190   else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7191     {
7192       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7193       gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7194       alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7195       size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7196       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7197 	  && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7198 	  && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7199 	size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7200     }
7201   else
7202     {
7203       struct symtab_node *snode;
7204       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7205 
7206       snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7207       if (snode->alias)
7208 	{
7209 	  rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7210 
7211 	  gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7212 		      && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7213 		      && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7214 	  target = XEXP (target, 0);
7215 	  place_block_symbol (target);
7216 	  SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7217 	  return;
7218 	}
7219       alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7220       size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7221       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7222 	  && asan_protect_global (decl))
7223 	{
7224 	  size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7225 	  alignment = MAX (alignment,
7226 			   ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7227 	}
7228     }
7229 
7230   /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block.  */
7231   block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7232   mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7233   offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7234   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7235 
7236   /* Record the block's new alignment and size.  */
7237   block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7238   block->size = offset + size;
7239 
7240   vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7241 }
7242 
7243 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7244    from the first object in BLOCK.  MODEL is the TLS model used
7245    to access it.  */
7246 
7247 rtx
get_section_anchor(struct object_block * block,HOST_WIDE_INT offset,enum tls_model model)7248 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7249 		    enum tls_model model)
7250 {
7251   char label[100];
7252   unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7253   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7254   rtx anchor;
7255 
7256   /* Work out the anchor's offset.  Use an offset of 0 for the first
7257      anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7258      of a variable at the beginning of the block.  This is particularly
7259      useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7260 
7261      We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7262      anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7263      a ptr_mode offset.  With some target settings, the lowest such
7264      anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7265      likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset.  Use anchors
7266      at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7267 
7268      All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7269      signed overflow.  */
7270   max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7271   min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7272   range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7273   if (range == 0)
7274     offset = 0;
7275   else
7276     {
7277       bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7278       if (offset < 0)
7279 	{
7280 	  delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7281 	  delta -= delta % range;
7282 	  if (delta > bias)
7283 	    delta = bias;
7284 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7285 	}
7286       else
7287 	{
7288 	  delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7289 	  delta -= delta % range;
7290 	  if (delta > bias - 1)
7291 	    delta = bias - 1;
7292 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7293 	}
7294     }
7295 
7296   /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7297      Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not.  */
7298   begin = 0;
7299   end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7300   while (begin != end)
7301     {
7302       middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7303       anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7304       if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7305 	end = middle;
7306       else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7307 	begin = middle + 1;
7308       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7309 	end = middle;
7310       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7311 	begin = middle + 1;
7312       else
7313 	return anchor;
7314     }
7315 
7316   /* Create a new anchor with a unique label.  */
7317   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7318   anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7319   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7320   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7321 
7322   /* Insert it at index BEGIN.  */
7323   vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7324   return anchor;
7325 }
7326 
7327 /* Output the objects in BLOCK.  */
7328 
7329 static void
output_object_block(struct object_block * block)7330 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7331 {
7332   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7333   unsigned int i;
7334   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7335   tree decl;
7336   rtx symbol;
7337 
7338   if (!block->objects)
7339     return;
7340 
7341   /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7342      suitably aligned.  */
7343   /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable.  */
7344   if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7345       && block->sect->named.name
7346       && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7347     handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7348   else
7349     switch_to_section (block->sect);
7350 
7351   assemble_align (block->alignment);
7352 
7353   /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7354      position.  */
7355   FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7356     targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7357 
7358   /* Output the objects themselves.  */
7359   offset = 0;
7360   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7361     {
7362       /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary.  */
7363       assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7364       offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7365       if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7366 	{
7367 	  desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7368 	  /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7369 	     So aligning shouldn't be necessary.  */
7370 	  output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7371 	  offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7372 	}
7373       else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7374 	{
7375 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7376 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7377 	  assemble_constant_contents
7378 	       (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0), DECL_ALIGN (decl));
7379 
7380 	  size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7381 	  offset += size;
7382 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7383 	      && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7384 	      && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7385 	    {
7386 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7387 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7388 	      offset += size;
7389 	    }
7390 	}
7391       else
7392 	{
7393 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7394 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7395 	  assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false);
7396 	  size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7397 	  offset += size;
7398 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7399 	      && asan_protect_global (decl))
7400 	    {
7401 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7402 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7403 	      offset += size;
7404 	    }
7405 	}
7406     }
7407 }
7408 
7409 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks.  */
7410 
7411 static int
output_object_block_compare(const void * x,const void * y)7412 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7413 {
7414   object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7415   object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7416 
7417   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7418       && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7419     return 1;
7420 
7421   if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7422       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7423     return -1;
7424 
7425   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7426       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7427     return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7428 
7429   unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7430   unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7431   if (f1 == f2)
7432     return 0;
7433   return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7434 }
7435 
7436 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks.  */
7437 
7438 void
output_object_blocks(void)7439 output_object_blocks (void)
7440 {
7441   vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7442   v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7443   object_block *obj;
7444   hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7445 
7446   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7447     v.quick_push (obj);
7448 
7449   /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7450      otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7451      and without -g.  */
7452   v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7453   unsigned i;
7454   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7455     output_object_block (obj);
7456 
7457   v.release ();
7458 }
7459 
7460 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7461    TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets.  When triggered
7462    by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7463    assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7464    contains the switches in ASCII format.
7465 
7466    FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7467    that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7468    FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7469    characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators.  Since
7470    we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7471    ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP.  */
7472 
7473 int
elf_record_gcc_switches(print_switch_type type,const char * name)7474 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7475 {
7476   switch (type)
7477     {
7478     case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7479       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7480       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1);
7481       break;
7482 
7483     case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7484       if (name == NULL)
7485 	{
7486 	  /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL.  */
7487 	  static bool started = false;
7488 
7489 	  if (!started)
7490 	    {
7491 	      section * sec;
7492 
7493 	      sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7494 				 SECTION_DEBUG
7495 				 | SECTION_MERGE
7496 				 | SECTION_STRINGS
7497 				 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7498 				 NULL);
7499 	      switch_to_section (sec);
7500 	      started = true;
7501 	    }
7502 	}
7503 
7504     default:
7505       break;
7506     }
7507 
7508   /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7509      For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7510      emitted into the assembler file.  */
7511   return 0;
7512 }
7513 
7514 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7515    properly support non-default visibility.  */
7516 void
default_elf_asm_output_external(FILE * file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,tree decl,const char * name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7517 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7518 				 tree decl,
7519 				 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7520 {
7521   /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7522      set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7523      used.  Always output visibility specified in the source.  */
7524   if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7525       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7526 	  || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7527     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7528 }
7529 
7530 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME.  */
7531 
7532 void
default_asm_output_source_filename(FILE * file,const char * name)7533 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7534 {
7535 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7536   ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7537 #else
7538   fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7539   output_quoted_string (file, name);
7540   putc ('\n', file);
7541 #endif
7542 }
7543 
7544 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V.  */
7545 
7546 void
output_file_directive(FILE * asm_file,const char * input_name)7547 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7548 {
7549   int len;
7550   const char *na;
7551 
7552   if (input_name == NULL)
7553     input_name = "<stdin>";
7554   else
7555     input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7556 
7557   len = strlen (input_name);
7558   na = input_name + len;
7559 
7560   /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names.  */
7561   while (na > input_name)
7562     {
7563       if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7564 	break;
7565       na--;
7566     }
7567 
7568   targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7569 }
7570 
7571 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7572    EXP.  */
7573 rtx
make_debug_expr_from_rtl(const_rtx exp)7574 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7575 {
7576   tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7577   machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7578   rtx dval;
7579 
7580   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7581   if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7582     type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7583   else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7584     type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7585   else
7586     type = NULL_TREE;
7587   if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7588     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7589   else
7590     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7591   DECL_MODE (ddecl) = mode;
7592   dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7593   DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7594   SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7595   return dval;
7596 }
7597 
7598 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7599 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets.  */
7600 
7601 void
default_elf_asm_output_limited_string(FILE * f,const char * s)7602 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7603 {
7604   int escape;
7605   unsigned char c;
7606 
7607   fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7608   putc ('"', f);
7609   while (*s != '\0')
7610     {
7611       c = *s;
7612       escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7613       switch (escape)
7614 	{
7615 	case 0:
7616 	  putc (c, f);
7617 	  break;
7618 	case 1:
7619 	  putc ('\\', f);
7620 	  putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7621 	  putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7622 	  putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7623 	  break;
7624 	default:
7625 	  putc ('\\', f);
7626 	  putc (escape, f);
7627 	  break;
7628 	}
7629       s++;
7630     }
7631   putc ('\"', f);
7632   putc ('\n', f);
7633 }
7634 
7635 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets.  */
7636 
7637 void
default_elf_asm_output_ascii(FILE * f,const char * s,unsigned int len)7638 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7639 {
7640   const char *limit = s + len;
7641   const char *last_null = NULL;
7642   unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7643   unsigned char c;
7644   int escape;
7645 
7646   for (; s < limit; s++)
7647     {
7648       const char *p;
7649 
7650       if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7651 	{
7652 	  putc ('\"', f);
7653 	  putc ('\n', f);
7654 	  bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7655 	}
7656 
7657       if (s > last_null)
7658 	{
7659 	  for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7660 	    continue;
7661 	  last_null = p;
7662 	}
7663       else
7664 	p = last_null;
7665 
7666       if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7667 	{
7668 	  if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7669 	    {
7670 	      putc ('\"', f);
7671 	      putc ('\n', f);
7672 	      bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7673 	    }
7674 
7675 	  default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7676 	  s = p;
7677 	}
7678       else
7679 	{
7680 	  if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7681 	    fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7682 
7683 	  c = *s;
7684 	  escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7685 	  switch (escape)
7686 	    {
7687 	    case 0:
7688 	      putc (c, f);
7689 	      bytes_in_chunk++;
7690 	      break;
7691 	    case 1:
7692 	      putc ('\\', f);
7693 	      putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7694 	      putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7695 	      putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7696 	      bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7697 	      break;
7698 	    default:
7699 	      putc ('\\', f);
7700 	      putc (escape, f);
7701 	      bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7702 	      break;
7703 	    }
7704 
7705 	}
7706     }
7707 
7708   if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7709     {
7710       putc ('\"', f);
7711       putc ('\n', f);
7712     }
7713 }
7714 #endif
7715 
7716 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7717 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
7718 
7719 static section *
get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section(int priority,bool constructor_p)7720 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
7721 					 bool constructor_p)
7722 {
7723   section *sec;
7724   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
7725     {
7726       char buf[18];
7727       sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
7728 	       constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
7729 	       priority);
7730       sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7731     }
7732   else
7733     {
7734       if (constructor_p)
7735 	{
7736 	  if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
7737 	    elf_init_array_section
7738 	      = get_section (".init_array",
7739 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7740 	  sec = elf_init_array_section;
7741 	}
7742       else
7743 	{
7744 	  if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
7745 	    elf_fini_array_section
7746 	      = get_section (".fini_array",
7747 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7748 	  sec = elf_fini_array_section;
7749 	}
7750     }
7751   return sec;
7752 }
7753 
7754 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
7755 
7756 void
default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor(rtx symbol,int priority)7757 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7758 {
7759   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7760 							  true);
7761   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7762 }
7763 
7764 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
7765 
7766 void
default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor(rtx symbol,int priority)7767 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7768 {
7769   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7770 							  false);
7771   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7772 }
7773 
7774 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
7775 
7776    This is a bit of a cheat.  The real default is a no-op, but this
7777    hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive.  */
7778 
7779 void
default_asm_output_ident_directive(const char * ident_str)7780 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
7781 {
7782   const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
7783 
7784   /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
7785      to asm_out_file.  Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
7786      This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
7787      writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident.  */
7788   if (symtab->state == PARSING)
7789     {
7790       char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
7791       symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
7792     }
7793   else
7794     fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
7795 }
7796 
7797 
7798 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
7799    in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
7800    comdat name.  Without this the variables end up in the same section
7801    with a single comdat name.
7802 
7803    FIXME:  resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
7804    decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY.  Once
7805    that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
7806    a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)".  */
7807 
7808 static void
handle_vtv_comdat_section(section * sect,const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)7809 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7810 {
7811 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
7812   targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
7813 				 sect->named.common.flags
7814 				 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
7815 				 DECL_NAME (decl));
7816   in_section = sect;
7817 #else
7818   /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
7819      Therefore the following check is used.
7820      In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
7821      is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
7822      everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
7823 
7824      A fix could be made in
7825      gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section.  */
7826   if (TARGET_PECOFF)
7827     {
7828       char *name;
7829 
7830       if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7831 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
7832 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
7833       else
7834 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
7835 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
7836 			 NULL));
7837 
7838       targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
7839 				     sect->named.common.flags
7840 				     | SECTION_LINKONCE,
7841 				     DECL_NAME (decl));
7842       in_section = sect;
7843     }
7844   else
7845     switch_to_section (sect);
7846 #endif
7847 }
7848 
7849 #include "gt-varasm.h"
7850